Post by Mohammed Aarif Waghoo on Jun 18, 2015 14:18:20 GMT 5.5
نجد کہاں پر ہے اور مشرق سے کون سا علاقہ مراد ہے
نجد کے حوالے سے بحث عام چل پڑی ہے۔ کوئی نجد کو ایک مخصوص علاقہ بتاتا ہے تو کوئی اس کو مخصوص علاقہ نہیں سمجھتا۔جو نجد کو ایک مخصوص علاقہ نہیں سمجھتے انہوں نے بارہ 12 نجدبنا لئے ہیں اور وہ فتنے والے نجد کوعراق کے شہر بغداد،بصرہ اور کوفہ سمجھتے ہیں۔ حالانکہ یہ بارہ نجد والوں کا دعوی کسی بھی حدیث اورتاریخ سے ثابت نہیں ہے۔ جبکہ ایک نجد سمجھنے والوں کا نظریہ احادیث اور تاریخ سے ثابت ہے۔ آج کی اس بحث میں مشرق سے کون سا علاقہ مراد ہے وہ بھی دیکھیں گئے اور یہ بھی دیکھیں گے وہ بادیہ نشین شور مچانے والے بنی مضر اور ربیعہ کے لوگ کون ہیں اور یہ لوگ کس جگہ آباد ہیں۔
آج بنی تمیم کو بھی قرآن و حدیث اور تاریخ میں جا کر دیکھیں گئے۔
ہم قرآن کے نظریہ کے مطابق مشرق اور مغرب صرف سمتوں کا بیان کرينگے کیونکہ قرآن میں دو سمتیں بیان ہوئی ہیں۔ اس لئے پہلے ہم قرآن کا وہ نظریہ پڑھتے ہیں:
MASHRIQ(EAST)
Allah ta'ala qur’an kareem me farmata hai:-”
wahi mashriq aur maghrib ka maalik hai aur iske siwa koi mabood nahi, to isi ko apna kaarsaaz banaao”
(surah muzammil 9) ”
Aur mashriq aur maghrib sab khuda ki ka hai, to jidhar tum rukh karo udhar khuda ki zaat hai”
(surah baqarah 115)yani in ayaton se ye to saabit hai ki allah poore mashriq(east) aur maghrib (west) ka malik o mukhtar hai.
Lekin aaj ke science ke mutabik direction 4 hain:
1-EAST
2-WEST
3-NORTH
4-SOUTH
Ham Qur'an o Hadees Ko Hujjat Mante hain is liye sirf mashraq aur maghrib ko he lain gay north aur south ka zikr nhe krain gay. Ahadees mein jis mashraq ka zikr aya hai aur jin qabeeloon se shaitan ke seeng niklen ka zikr hai aaj ham uski nishandehi krain gay aur ye bhi sabit krain gay ke woe kis ilaqay mein rehte hain.
آیئے اب سب سے پہلے ہم نجدکے مضمون سے شروع کرتے اور دیکھتے ہیں کہ نجد کا کیا معنی اور یہ کہاں سے لیکر کہاں تک ہے۔ اس حوالے سے ہم احادیث، تاریخ اور علماء کرام کے اقوال کو دیکھیں گے۔
آئیے سب سے پہلے وہ حدیث پڑھتے ہیں جس میں نجد کے لئے دعا نہیں فرمائی گئی :
حضرت عبداللہ بن عمر رضی اﷲ عنہما روایت کرتے ہیں کہ حضور نبی اکرم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے دعا فرمائی: اے اللہ !ہمارے لئے ہمارے شام میں برکت عطا فرما، اے اللہ! ہمیں ہمارے یمن میں برکت عطا فرما، (بعض)لوگوں نے عرض کیا: یا رسول اللہ!ہمارے نجد میں بھی؟ آپ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے (پھر) دعا فرمائی: اے اللہ! ہمارے لئے ہمارے شام میں برکت عطا فرما۔ اے اللہ! ہمارے لئے یمن میں برکت عطا فرما۔ (بعض) لوگوں نے (پھر ) عرض کیا: یا رسول اللہ! ہمارے نجد میں بھی، میرا خیال ہے کہ آپ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے تیسری مرتبہ فرمایا: وہاں زلزلے اور فتنے ہیں اور شیطان کا سینگ (فتنہ وہابیّت و نجدیّت) وہیں سے نکلے گا۔
صحیح بخاری 2598/6، حدیث 6681۔
اب نجد کی تعریف پڑھتے ہیں: آسان الفاظ میں نجد ابھری ہوئی زمین کو کہتے ہیں ۔
نجد کی تعریف پڑھنے کے بعد ہم اب دیکھتے ہیں ہیں آئمہ کرام اور تاریخ دانوں نے کہاں سے کہاں تک کے علاقے کو نجد کہا ہے:
سب سے پہلے ہم ابن حجر عسقلانی کا حوالہ دیتےہیں:
Alama ibn hajjar asqalani ka qol hai ke:
Makkah se koofa ki janib ka najd, najd qarn ash'shaitan hai. Page 36
یہ وہ تعریف ہے جس سے باقی سب آئمہ کرام اور تاریخ دانوں نے اختلاف کیا ہے لیکن اس تعریف کے مطابق بھی نجدمکہ کی حدود ختم ہونے سے شروع ہو کر کوفہ کی حدود جہاں سے شروع ہوتی ہیں وہاں تک کا علاقہ نجد ہے۔اس سے واضع ہوا کہ کوفہ اس نجد میں نہیں آتا جس میں خود کو ایک نمبر مسلمان کہنےوالے بتاتے ہیں اور اس سے ان لوگوں کا یہ دعوی بھی غلط ثابت ہوگیا جو کوفہ کو فتنوں والے نجد میں شمار کرتے ہیں۔
اب ہم وہ تعریف بیان کرنے لگے ہیں جن کو جمہور علماء اور تاریخ دانوں نے بیان کیا ہے۔خیال رہے کہ یہ نجد کی تعریف علاقے کے اعتبار سے ہورہی ہے لغت یا اصطلاحی معنوں میں نہیں ہو رہی۔ مطلب کہ کہاں سے کہاں کے علاقے کو نجد قرن االشّیطان کہاگیا ہے۔
علامہ یاقوت حموی اپنی شہرہ آفاق کتاب معجم البلدان کے صفحہ 263 جلد 5 میں لکھتے ہیں:
(asmahi) kehte hain ke Tehama se bulandi per waqia sar'zameen ka naam najd hai, muhawra hai ke oontni najd mein charti hai aur Tehama mein sairab hoti hai.
Asmahi kehte hain ke mein ne ehrabiyoun se suna ke jab tum bulandi ki taraf jate hoey ajalz ko pichhay chhorr jao to tum najd mein dakhil ho chukay ho. Ajalz qura'teen se ooper hai. Mazeed kaha ke batan wadi rimma se bulandi per waqiya ilaqa ka naam najd hai aur ye zaat irq ki ghatiyoun tak jata hai.
Wo kehte hain ke mein ne bahli se suna hai ke kisra ki khhodi hoi khandaq wala ilaqa najd hai yahan tak ke wo harra tak pohanchta hai. Jab tum harrah mein pohanch jao to hijaz mein dakhil ho chukay ho.
Aik qol ye hai ke najd us areez (tirchhi) jagah ka naam hai jis ki bulandi ki taraf tahama aur yemen hai aur pasti ki taraf iraq o shaam hain.
Sakri kehte hain ke hijaaz ki taraf zaat e irq se paharoon ka shuru hone wala silsala najd ki hadh hai. Yahan tak ke ye silsala phirta howa kohay Madina tayyeba tak pohanch jata hai. Zaat e irq ke paharoon se is taraf tahama tak ka ilaqa hijaz hai.
Jab Tehama ki jehat mein waqiya paharron ko te ker lo to us se aagay samunder tak ka ilaqa ghaur hai aur ghaur aur Tehama aik he cheez hai. Ye bhi kaha jata hai ke saray ka sara najd yamamah ka matehat hai. Ammara bin aqeel kehte hain ke zaat e irq se agay barho to wo najd hai yahan tak ke issay iraq munqattah kerta hai (iraq tak ja ker khatam hota hai)
(Alama Yaqoot Hamwi, Ma'jum Al'baldaan, Vol 5, 263)
Result of Above:
1: Madina tayyeba se mashraq ki janib ajalz ko aboor kerne se balaee ilaqa shuru ho jata hai jo najd ki maghrabi sarhad hai.
2: doosray arab ilaqoon ki nisbat is ki bulandi ziada hai.
3: is ke shamaal mein iraq hai jo is ke nashaibi ilaqa ki taraf waqiya hai
4: najd ki shamali had iraq per ja ker khatam ho jati hai.
5: najd ke balaee ilaqa ki taraf (yemen janoob ki taraf hai) YemeN hai
6: Najd ke mukhtalif aqwaal ka markazi nuqta yehi hai ke Hijaaz,Iraq, Shaam, Yemen Aur Tehama ke wast mein waqiya ilaqa ka naam Najd hai.
علامہ یاقوت حموی ایک اور جگہ نجد کے علاقے کی تعریف ان الفاظ میں کرتے ہیں
Yaqoot hamwi likhte hain> yanni najd us chorri zameen ka naam hai jis ke ooper tahama aur yemen hai. Aur nichay iraq aur shaam,, Hijaz ki taraf se najd ki hadh zaat irq hai jaise jaise paharr Madinah ki taraf ghomta jata hai.. .. iraq ka naam iraq is liye parra ke wo najd se nichay samunder se qareeb hai.
Abu Abdullah yaqoot bin Abdullah al'hamwi, alama ma'jun al'baldan, vol 5, page 262
Abu Abdullah yaqoot bin Abdullah al'hamwi, alama ma'jun al'baldan, vol 4, page 95
Comment:
Is se pata chalta hai ke najd us sarzameen ka naam hai jo tahama aur iraq ke darmiyan hai. Neez ye bhi tasreeh hai ke najd ka ilaqa hijaz se shuru hota hai neez iraq najd ke alawa doosra mulk hai.jo najd ke nichay hai. Is liye is se koi gunjaish nhe ke najd se iraq murad liya gia hai.
Imam Ibn Hajr asqalani ne khatabi ka qol naql kiya hai aur ye ik imam ka qol hai jis ko ham farman e Mustafa Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam per tarjeeh nahe de sakte. Aeye zara khatabi ka woe qol parhte hain jis ko log ahadees ke muqable mein tarjeeh dete hain
ابن حجر عسقلانی نے خطابی کا قول نقل کیا ہے جس کو ہم فرمان مصطفی صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم پر ترجیح نہیں دے سکتے۔ آئیے ذرا خطابی کا وہ قول پڑھتے ہیں جس کو لوگ احادیث کے مقابلے میں ترجیح دیتے ہیں
Ibn Hajr said: "al-Khattaabee said: 'the najd in the direction of the east, and for the one who is in Madeenah then his Najd would be the desert of Iraaq and it's regions [baadiya al-Iraaq wa Nawaaheehaa] for this is to the east of the People of Madeenah. The basic meaning of Najd is that which is raised/elevated from the earth in contravention to al-Gawr for that is what is lower than it. Tihaamah is entirely al-Gawr and Mecca is in Tihaamah.'"
Ibn Hajr continues, "by this [saying of al-Khattaabee] the weakness of the saying of ad-Daawodee is understood that 'Najd is in the direction of Iraaq' [min Naahiya al-Iraaq] for he suggests that Najd is a specific place. This is not the case, rather everything that is elevated with respect to what adjoins it is called Najd and the lower area called Gawr."
[Fath al-Baaree 13/58-59]
RESPONSE
Pehle ham Iraq ki definition dekhte hain ke iraq ka matlab kiya hai. Ta ke pata chale ke khatabi ka qol sahih hai ya ghalat
Defination Of Iraq:
Mashoor iraq kahi shehroon per mushtamil hai. Iraqan bol ker koofa aur basra murad lete hain. Iraq ko iraq is liye kehte hain ke ye iraq al'qurbata se makhooz hai, Mashkeezy ke nichay wala sorakh kharz jissay dohra kiya jata hai. (ke arab ki sar'zameen ki nisbat gehrai mein waqiya hai aur satah samunder ke qareeb hai.
Abul Qasmi Zajaji farmate hain ke ibn ehrabi ne kaha hai ke iraq ko iraq kehne ki asal wajah ye hai ke najd ki nisbat past o nasheet ilaqa hai aur samunder ke qareeb hai. Ye iraq al'qurbata se makhooz hai yanni mashkeezay ka nichay wala soraakh.
Alama Yaqoot Hamwi, Ma'jum Al'baldan, Page 93
اس سے واضح ہواکہ عراق پست اور نیچی زمین کو کہتے ہیں جو سطح سمندر کے قریب تر ہو اور نجد ابھری ہوئی زمین کو کہتے ہیں جو ایک دوسرے کے متضاد ہیں، مخالف مطلب ہیں۔ یعنی ایک مشرق ہے اور دوسرا مغرب ہے اور مشرق اور مغرب کو کوئی ملانہیں سکتا ایسا ہی عراق اور نجد کا ہے۔
Is se wazeha howa ke iraq past aur nichi zameen ko kehte hain jo satah samunder ke qareeb ter ho aur Najd ubhri hoi zameen ko kehte hain jo aik doosry ke opposite hain. Jaise mashraq aur maghrib aik nahe ho sakte aise he najd aur iraq aik nahe ho sakte. Ab Ham alama badrud din aini ka qol parhte hain dobara tak e iraq ki tareef aur najd ke ilaqay ka tayyun ho sake
علامہ بدرالدّین عینی عمدۃ القاری شرح صحیح بخاری میں لکھتنے ہیں
ALAMA BADRUD DIN AINI UMDATUL QARI SHARAH SAHIH BUKHARI MEIN FARMATE HAIN
Najd arab ka aik ilaqa hai aur Tehama se le ker ker arz e iraq tak ka ilaqa najd hai.
Baz kehte hain ke iraq aur wajra aur ghumratul taif ke darmiyan wala ilaqa najd hai.
Ebab mein likha hai ke ghaur yanni Tehama ke barkhalaf arab ka wo sara buland ilaqa jo Tehama se le ker arz e iraq tak hai Najd hai.
Imam Badrud din Aini , Umdatul Qari Sharah Sahih Bukhari, Vol 1, Page 266
NAJD KO MASHRAQI KE NAAM SE BHI PUKARA JATA HAI.
Ar'riyaz, darriya, ayainya aur iske aas pass ke bashindoon ko tayyeba mein mashraqi ke naam se yaad kiya jata tha jaisa ke sheikh Muhammad bin abdul wahhab najdi ke ustaad sheikh Abdullah bin Ibrahim ke halaat se mazkoor hai ke wo najd ke aik sheher majma, jo ke ayainya aur darriya ke qareeb he hai, ke bashinday thy, ye Madina tayyeba mein muqeem thy aur unhain wahan sheikh mashraqi ke naam se yaad kiya jata tha,
Shykh usman bin basher, unwan al'majd fi Tareekh al'najd page 17
علامہ کرمانی نے علامہ عینی کا قول نقل کیا ہے
Alama karmani ne alama aini ka qol naqal kiya hai.
Tahama se jo oonchi zameen ka ilaqa hai yehi wo najd hai jo ras al'kufar (kuffar ka sarchashma) aur najd qarn shaitan (gumrah firqoon) ki jaey paidaish hai. (page 35)
Najd qarn ash'shaitan wo khitta e zameen hai jis ki had tahama hijaz se shuru ho ker iraq ke nichaan (ghaur ya dahlan) per khatam ho jati hai. Page 36
آجکل خود کو ایک نمبر مسلمان کہنے والے علامہ طاہر حنفی فتنی کی نجد کی تعریف علاقہ بیان کرتے ہیں اور کہتنے ہیں کہ یہ فقہ حنفی کے بڑے معتبر عالم ہیں۔ پہلی بات تو یہ ہےکہ یہ لوگ ویسے فقہ حنفی کوگمراہ کہتے ہیں لیکن اپنے مطلب کے لئے منافقین کی اس جماعت نے علامہ صاحب کو معتبر بنالیا۔
اب آئيے دیکھتے ہیں کہ علامہ صاحب نے نجد کا تعیّن کس علاقہ میں کیا ہے
علامہ محمد طاہر فتنی حنفی اس حدیث کا معنی بیان کرتے ہوئے نجد شیطان کی تشریح میں فرماتے ہیں کہ! "ھو اسم خاص لمادون الحجاز ممایلی العراق" یعنی یہ ایک خاص جگہ کا نام ہے جو حجاز کے علاوہ عراق کے ساتھ ملتی ہے۔
(ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﮧ ٦٨٠ﺟﻠﺪ ٤۔۔)
ارے جاہلو! عقل سے خالی لوگو! خود کو ایک نمبر گردانتے ہو اور کہتے ہو کہ کسی کی پیروی نہ کرو خود ریسرچ کرو اور خود سمجھو۔گدھو تمہیں اتنی عقل نہیں ہے کہ تم علامہ صاحب کی نجد پر کی گئی تعریف کو بڑے فخر سے بیان کرتے ہو اور اس کو عراق ثابت کرنے کے لیئے ثبوت کے طور پر استعمال کرتے ہو۔ کیا کبھی اس پر غور کیا ہے؟
آؤ میں تم لوگوں کو سمجھاتا ہوں۔علامہ صاحب نے بھی میرے دعوے کی تصدیق کی ہے کہ نجد ایک خاص علاقے کا نام ہے۔ جس کی سرحدیں ایک طرف مدینہ سے ملتی ہیں اور دوسری طرف عراق سے ملتی ہیں۔آسان الفاظ میں عراق اور مدینہ کے درمیان جو علاقہ آتا ہے وہ نجد ہے۔ اس سے ثابت ہوا کہ عراق نجد نہیں ہے بلکہ نجد کی سرحد عراق سے ملتی ہے۔ قیامت کے قریب کم عقل لوگ دین کی باتیں کریں گے۔جو خود بھی گمراہ ہونگے اور دوسروں کو بھی کرینگے۔ اور جیسے یہ کم علم لوگ لوگوں کو گمراہ کررہے ہیں۔ اللہ ان کے شر سے ہر مسلمان کو محفوظ رکھے۔آمین
Alama ahmad khateeb qastalani bukhari ke mustanad sharheen mein se hain. Likhte hain:
علامہ احمد خطیب قسطلانی بخاری کے مستند شارحین میں سے ہیں لکھتے ہیں:
Yanni sar'zameen tahama se le ker iraq tak jo buland ilaqa hai wo najd hai.
Ahmad bin Muhammad khateeb qastalani, irshad us saari jild 2 page 212
امام ابن حجر عسقلانی شرح میقات قرن المنازل:
Imam Ibn Hajjar Al'asqalani Sharah Miqat Qarn Al'munazil
Lakin najd Buland jagah kjo kehte hain ye 10 muqamaat ka naam hai, yahan najd se murad wo najd hai jis ki buland satah ki janib Tehama aur Yemen hain aur past o nashaibi satah ki taraf Iraq aur Shaam waqiya hain.
Fat'hul Bari, Vol 3, Page 375
Miqat wali hadees sab clear ker deti hai ke najd aik hai jis se murad najd riyaz hai. Dekhain!
Qarn ka matlab hai seeng aur Najd Qarn ka matlab howa seeng wala Najd aur Hadees mein bayan howa "Yatlau Qarn Ash'shaitan) Jahan se shaitan ka seeng talooh hota hai. Aur najd ke liye qarn miqaat rakh ker ye saaf farma diya ke yehi shaitan ke seeng wala najd hai. Beshak 12 najd hoon lakin shaitan ke seeng wala jo Najd murad hai wo najd riyaz he hai. Aur isi najd ki hadood Madina Makkah Yemen, Shaam aur iraq tak lagti hain. Aur ooper bayan ki gai jamhoor a'ima aur Tareekh danoon ki tareefoon se wazeh ho jata hai ke Shaam, Iraq, Yemen Makkah aur Madina ke darmiyaan jo ilaqa ata hai ussay Najd kehte hain aur is ka raqba around 12 lakh marabba foot hai.
نجد تاریخ دانوں اور آئمہ کرام کی بیان کردہ تعریفوں سے تو واضع ہوگیا کہ کونسا علاقہ ہے۔ لیکن دلوں میں جو شیطانی لوگ وسوسے ڈال دیتے ہیں ان وسوسوں کو دور کرنے کے لئے اب حدیث سے نجد کی نشاندہی کرتے ہیں
Najd tareekh'danoon aur a'ima ki bayan kerda tareefoon se to wazeha hogia ab Ahadees Se Najd Ki nishandehi kerte hain:
Ahadees e Miqaat
Hazrat ibn umer radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke: Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne ahle Najd ke liye qarn aur Ahle Shaam ke liye Juhfa aur Ahle Madina ke liye Zeel Halifa ko Maiqaat muqarrar farmaya, Hazrat ibn Umer radi Allah anho ka bayan hai ke ye mein ne Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se suna hai aur mujhe khaber mili hai ke Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke Ahle Yemen ke liye yalmalm hai to Iraq ka ziker hua to unhoon ne farmaya ke us zamanay mein iraq nhe tha (Yani us zamanay mein Iraq fatah nhe hua tha.).
Sahih Bukhari, Vol 3, Page 1930, Hadees 2200.
Hazrat Ibn Umer Radi Allah Anho se Rawayat hai ke Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Ahle Madina ke liye dhul halifa, Ahle Shaam ke liye Juhfa, Ahle Yemen o Tehama ke liye yalmalm, Ahle Taif o Najd ke liye Qarn aur ahle Iraq Ke Liye dhat irq ko miqaat muqarar kiya gia hai. Siyati fi Musnad Jabir, Hadees 14626
Comment:
Is hadees se saaf pata chalta hai ke Iraq aik alag ilaqa hai aur Najd aik alag ilaqa hai.
Ab is baat ko mazeed is hadees se wazeha kerte hain jis mein Najd ke ghazwa ka zikr aya hai. Miqaat wali aisi ahadees 100 se ziyada hain lakin samajhne ke liye 1 he kafi hoti hai ager aqal ho to.
Hadees:
Ghazwa e najd Hazrat Abu Hurayra radi Allah anho se pochha gia ke kiya aap ne Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke sath khauf ki namaz ada ki hai?
Farmaya: Haan, us ne poochha kab? Unhoon ne farmaya ke ghazwa e najd mein. For full hadees reference is:
Nisai Shareef vol 1 Page 1318, Hadees 1546 baab salatul khauf
Comment:
Ager ye ghazwa Iraq Ke Najd mein hota to basra ya koofa ka naam zaroor ata ya phir tibristan ka naam zaroor ata lakin nahe aya kion ke Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne kabhi Iraq Ke khilaaf jung nahe ki thi aur na iraq gaey thy.
Ab jo hadees paish kerne laga hoon wo Najd ko bilkul clear ker dega ke "Qarn Ash'shaitan kaun sa Najd Hai.
Hadees: Hadees Najd:
Amr ibn Abasa said: ‘Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) was one day reviewing the horses, in the company of Uyayna ibn Hisn ibn Badr al-Fazari. [. . .] Uyayna remarked: "The best of men are those who bear their swords on their shoulders, and carry their lances in the woven stocks of their horses, wearing cloaks, and are the people of the Najd." But Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) replied: "You lie! Rather, the best of men are the men of the Yemen. Faith is a Yemeni, the Yemen of [the tribes of] Lakhm and Judham and Amila. [. . .] Hadramawt is better than the tribe of Harith; one tribe is better than another; another is worse [. . .] My Lord commanded me to curse Quraysh, and I cursed them, but he then commanded me to bless them twice, and I did so [. . .] Aslam and Ghifar, and their associates of Juhaina, are better than Asad and Tamim and Ghatafan and Hawazin, in the sight of Allah on the Day of Rising. [. . .] The most numerous tribe in the Garden shall be [the Yemeni tribes of] Madhhij and Ma’kul.
’ (Ahmad ibn Hanbal and al-Tabarani, by sound narrators. Cited in Ali ibn Abu Bakr al-Haythami, Majma al-zawa’id wa manba‘ al-fawa’id [Cairo, 1352], X, 43)
Comment
Is hadees mein to her doubt clear ho jata hai ke najd ke log behtareen log hain. Lakin Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya ke tum ne jhoot bola aur farmaya ke behtareen log Yemen ke hain. Is se bhi Najd ki burai samne aa gai hai. Aur ayainya bin bad al'fazari Iraqi Najd ke Nahe thy balke Mojooda Riyaz wale Najd ke thy. Is hadees ke ba'd kisi scholar ki opinion koi manni nahe rakhti kion ke Allah ke Rasool sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke qol se barh ker kisi ka qol nahe hai. Aur is hadees mein clear indication diya gia hai najd shaitan ka.
baab najd ki taraf jo lashkar Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne rawana kia tha.
Hazrat imam bukhari ne is ko jung taif k ba'd zikr kiya hai lakin ahle mughazi ne kaha ke ye lashkar fatah makkah ko jane se pehle rawana kia tha. Ibn sa'ad ne kaha ye 8 ad ke maah shaban ka waqiya hai. Bazoon ne kaha maah ramzan mein ye lashkar rawana kiya tha us ke sardar abu qatada radi Allah anho the. Is mein sirf 25 admi the, jinhoon ne ghatfaan se muqabla mein 200 oont aur 2000 bakriyaan hasil ki.
Sahih bukhari j 8 baab najd ka sarya, hadees 4338
Comment: ghatfaan ussi ilaqay mein hai jo madina se le ker iraq tak ata hai
Banu Hanifa Najd Ki Janib Chand Sawaroon ko bheja
Hazrat abu hurayra radi Allah anho farmate hain ke:
"Nabi e Kareem Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne najd ki janib kuch sawaroon ko rawana farmaya to wo bani hanifa ke aik shakhs thamama bin athal(samama bin asal) ko griftaar ker ke le aey aur ussay Masjid e Nabvi ke aik satoon se bandh diya……………………….. baqiya hadees is reference per mulaheza farmaeen.
Sahih bukhari vol 2, page 690, baab 538, 1500
HADEES
Bani tamim ki branch bani amber
Ibn is'haq ka qol hai ke ayainya bin hisn bin hudhaifa bin badr ko Rasool e Khuda ne bani tamim ki shaakh bani anber se jahaad kerne bheja. Inhoon ne shab khoon maar ker mard qatal ker diye aur auratoon ko qaid ker liya.
Sahih bukhari vol 2, page 687, baab 536
Sahih Hadith # 1 Prophet [salehalawaalihiwasalam] said Najd and Iraq are Two different places
Book 007, Number 2666: (Sahih Muslim)
Abu Zubair heard Jabir b. 'Abdullah (Allah be pleased with them) as saying as he was asked about (the place for entering upon the) state of Ihram: I heard (and I think he carried it directly to the Apostle of Allah) him saying: For the people of Medina Dhu'l-Hulaifa is the place for entering upon the state of Ihram, and for (the people coming through the other way, i. e. Syria) it is Juhfa; for the people of Iraq it is Dbat al-'Irq; for the people of Najd it is Qarn (al-Manazil) and for the people of Yemen it is Yalamlam.
اب ہم تاریخی واقعات سے ثابت کرتے ہیں کہ نجد صرف ایک مخصوص علاقہ ہے اور جس نجد سے حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم کے زمانے میں ہی بہت زیادہ فتنے نکلے تھے کہ حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم نے اسکے لئے دعا بھی نہیں کی۔ ذرا ان تاریخی واقعات کو دیکھتےہیں
Ab Ham Tareekh waqiyat se sabit kerte hain ke Najd sirf aik makhsoos area hai aur jis Najd se Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke zamanay mein he bahut ziyada fitnay niklay thy ke Aap Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne uske liye dua bhi nahe farmai.
Waqiyaat
1: Hijrat ke 25 mahinay mah rabiul awal mein Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ka Najd ki taraf ghazwa e ghutfaan hai jo al'taheel ke nawah mein zawi amer mein hai.
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko ye khabar pohanchi ke bani thalba wa muharab ki aik barri jama'at ne zawi amer mein jamah ho ke ye qasad kiya hai ke aap ko tamam atraaf se gair lain ye fail bani maharab ke aik admi hai jis ka naam dhator bin al'haris hai. Tabqaat sa'ad Vol 1, Page 271.
2: Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne 70 admiyoun ki aik jama'at jissay qarah yanni qariyoun ke naam se yaad kiya jata tha. Madina ke girdo nawah mein us waqt tak nazal shuda Qur'an ki taleem ke liye bheji thi lakin jab wo us jagah pohanchay thy jissay bair e ma'oona kaha jata hai to bani saleem ke to bani saleem ne ilm ul Qur'an se unhain roka tha aur jab unhoon ne kaha tha ke ham Nabi Kareem Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke hukam se yahan aaeye hain to un dushmanan e islam ne us poori jama'at ko shaheed ker diya. Kaha jata hai aur is ki ta'eed aksar ahle khabar ne ki hai ke abu barah aamir bin maalik bin ja'far ne Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein hazir ho ker Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se arz kiya tha ager Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam dawat dene waloon ko Ahle Najd ki taraf rawana farmaeen to ussay yakeen hai ke wo islam qabool ker ke Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke mateeh ho jaeen gay.
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne ussay islam ki dawat di thi lakin wo dil se musalman nhe hua tha. Ta'ham Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne us ke mazkoora'bala mashwaray ke ba'd Ahle Najd ke Islam lane aur ata'at qabool kerne ke baraey mein andesha zahir kiya tha to Albarah aamir bin maalik ne Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se arz kiya tha ke Ahle Najd us ke hamsaey hain wo iski baat nhe talain gay.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 4, Page 55,56.
3: Sarya abu bakr sadeeq radi Allah anho bani kalab ki janib najd ke muqam per hua.
Sha'ban 7 hijri mein abu bakr sadeeq radi Allah anho dariya ke nawah mein ba'muqaam najd sarya bani kalab hua.
سریہ ابو بکر صدیق رضي اللہ عنہ کلاب کی جانب نجد کے مقام پر ہوا۔
شعبان 7 ہجری میں ابو بکر صدیق رضی اللہ تعالی عنہ کا ضریہ کے نواح میں بمقام نجد سریہ بنی کلاب ہوا۔
Tabqaat ibn sa'ad, vol 1, page 340.
4: Imam bukhari wafad bani hanifa aur qissa samama bin aasaal radi Allah anho k baab mein bayan kerte hain ke Abdullah bin yousuf ne ham se bayan kiya woh kehte hain ke ham se lais bin sa'ad ne bayan kiya woh kehte hain ke mujh se saeed bin abi saeed ne bayan kiya ke us ne Hazrat abu hurayra radi Allah anho se suna woh bayan kerte hain ke
Rasoolallah sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne najd ki janib kuch sawar bhejay jo bani hanifa ke aik admi ko laey jissay samam aasaal radi Allah anho kaha jata tha aur unhoon ne ussay masjid ke aik satoon se bandh diya aur Rasool sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne us ke pass a ker farmaya:
..phir lmba waqia hai.al,bidaya wan'nahaya vol 5 page 79
5:Hazrat abu qatada bin rabai ansari radi Allah anho ka shaban sun 8 ad mein muqaam e khizra ki taraf sarya hai
Ye jagah najd mein banu maharab ki zameen hai.Nabi akram sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne unke hamrah 15 afrad banu ghatfaan ki taraf bhejay .Al'mawahib ladunya vol 1, page 406
:6 سریہ غالب بن عبداللہ اللیثی بجانب المفیعہ:
رسول اللہ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے غالب بن عبداللہ کو بنی عوال اور بنی عبد بن ثعلبہ کی طرف بھیجا جو المیفعہ میں تھے کہ بطن نخل سے النقرہ کی جانب اسی طرف علاقہ نجد میں ہے۔ اسکے اور مدینے کے درمیان آٹھ برد (96میل) کا فاصلہ ہے۔
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne ghaalib bin Abdullah ko bani awaal aur bani abd bin thalba ki taraf bheja jo al'maifha mein thy ke batan nakhl se al'naqra ki janib ussi taraf ilaqa najd mein hai. Us ke aur madina ke darmiyan 8 bard(96 miles) ka fasla hai. Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 1, page 241.
:7: سریہ زید بن حارثہ رضی اللہ تعالی عنہ
ید بن حارثہ رضی اللہ تعالی عنہ کا سریہ القروہ کی جانب ہجرت کی اٹھائیسویں مہینے کے شروع جمادی الآخر میں پیش آیا۔ یہ سب سے پہلا سریہ ہے۔ جس میں زید امیر بن کر نکلے، القروہ نجد کی زمین االزبدہ اور الغمرہ کے درمیان ذات عرق کے نواح میں ہے۔
Zaid bin hartha radi Allah anho ka sarya al'qarwah ki janib hijrat ki 28ween mahinay ke shuru jamadil aakhir mein paish aya. Ye sab se pehla sarya hai jis mein zaid ameer ban ker niklay. Al'qarwah najd ki zameen al'zabda aur al'ghamrah ke darmiyan zaat irq ke nawah mein hai. Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 1. page 272
Comment: is sarya se pata chalta hai ke Najd dhaat irq ke nawah mein hai. Matlab jahan dhat irq khatam hota hai wahan se iski hadood shuru hoti hain.
8: Sarya al.munder bin umroo
Rasoolallallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki hijrat ke 36wain mahinay safar mein bair e ma'oona ki taraf Al'munder bin umroo as'sa'adi ka sarya hua.
Aamir bin jaffar abu brawo malaheb al'asta al'kalabi Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke pass aaya. Aur Aap ko hadya diya' magar Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Qabool nhe farmaya. Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne us per islam paish kiya. Magar us ne islam qabool nhe kiya aur door bhi nhe hua.
Aamir ne darkhawast ki ke ager Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam as'haab mein se chand admi mere hamrah meri qom ke pass bhej dain to umeed hai ke wo AAP Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki dawat qabool ker lain gay aur Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki dawat Qabool ker lain gay. Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke Mujhe Ahle Najd ka khauf hai. Us ne kaha mein to in ke humrah hoon' phir kaise koi un ke samne aaeyga. Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 1 page 285,
9: ghazwa za'at ar'riqah Aur Ghazwa e Najd Qabeela moharab kahan per hai
Ghazwa za'at ar'riqah qabeela moharab se hoi jo qabeela ghatfan ki aik shaakh hai,Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam Nakhl se zaat ar'riqah ki larrai mein gaey wahan ghatfan mile lakin larrai na hoi.
Ghazwa e najd
Hazrat Jabir radi Allah anho farmate hain ke ham ne Aap Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke sath Najd ki taraf jahad kiya tha.
Sahih Bukhari, Vol 2, Hadees 1305.
Commentary: Jis Najd ke Liye Dua Nahe Farmai aur Jis Najd ki kisi ne tareef ki aur farmaya ke tum ne jhoot kaha aur jis Najd ke khilaaf ghazwa mein Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne khud shirkat ki aur apne sahaba e karam ko lashkar de ker bar bar bheja ho. Aur jis Najd ke logoon ke khilaaf Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ki zindagi guzar gai woe Najd Saudi Arabia hai is najd ke markazi mein aaj Riyaz ka Main city hai Ham ne Sahih Hadees, Tareekhi waqiyaat aur scholars ke aqwaal ki roshni mein ye sabit ker diya hai ke Najd Iraq Nahe Balke Riyaz Saudi Arabia wala Najd hai. Is Najd se related aur bahut se waqiyaat hain jo ham agay kuch aur topics ke under laeen gay.
TOPIC 2:
Bani Mudar Aur Bani Rabiyya Kaun Hain Aur Kahan Rehte Hain
بنی مضر اور بنی ربیعہ کہاں ہیں اور کہاں رہتے ہیں
Bani Mudar aur Bani Rabiyya Ka Tareekhi Pas manzar
بنی مضر اور بنی ربیعہ کا تاریخی پس منظر
Mudar Bin Nazaar Aur Rabiyya
Iska aik haqeeqi bhai iyaad tha aur 2 illati bhai Rabiyya aur anmaar thy. Jab nazaar bin ma'd ka akhri waqt aya to us ne apne betoon ko wasiyat ki aur apne maal ko un mein taqseem ker diya, apne betoon ko mukhatab ker ke kaha ke:
1: khaimah jo surkh chamrray ka tha aur is tarah ka doosra maal ye Mudar Ka hai, is wajah se Mudar ka naam Mudar al'hamra howa
2: ye mera siyah black shamiyana aur is rang ka mera doosra maal ye Rabiyya Ka Hai, choonke issay siyah gorra horse mila is liye is ka naam Rabiyya tul fars howa.
3: Aur ye khadim aur is ke mushaba mera jo maal hai wo iyyaad ka hai ye bhoray rang ka tha. Chunanchay iyaad ne ablaq janwar aur khhur ghhassi bhairr bakriyaan le lien.
Tareekh Tibri Vol 2 page 41
Surkh Khaimah, dinar aur oont jo surkh thy wo Mudar ko diye aur siyah shamiyana aur siyah gorray horse Rabiyya ko diye in ke baap ne. Tareekh Tabri Vol 1 Page 42
BANI MUDAR KA QABL AZ ISLAM IKHLAQI HAAL
بنی مضر کے قبل از اسلام اخلاقی حالات
Agerchay Quraish ko Makkah mein aik gona Hakoomat Hasil ho gai aur qabail e Mudar atraaf o jawanib Mumalik ko Shaam O Iraq mein aur kuch hijaaz mein bhi muntashir o mutafariq ho gaey aur baz in mein badiya nasheen o khana badosh ho gaey, aur baz asbaab e ishrat aur samaan e tumaddun ki farahmi mein masroof howe, Kabhi ye Fars o Room se Iraq O Shaam ke Maidanoon Mein Larrte Nazar Ate Thy aur kabhi apni hadood ki hifazat ki gharz se apni qaum ko jamah ker ke ahle Iraq o Shaam se Muqabla kerte dekhai dete thy. In larraiyoun mein aur khoon raiziyoun mein kabhi ye maghloob ho ker kharaj guzari per majboor ho jate thy lakin jab kabhi phir koi moqa hath aa jata tha to kharaaj guzari ata'at e shahi se Mun'harif ho ker mukhalifat ker baithte thy. Algharz thanday kalejay na ye khud pani peete thy aur na peene dete thy. Hamesha shahaan e Iraq o Shaam ko istisaal fasaad o itfa naira fitna mein rehna parta tha. TAREEKH IBN KHALDOON VOL 1 PAGE 31
Bani Mudar Ki Tareekh ki study kerne se pata chala ke ye qabeela bahut jungju aur fitna fasad wala tha. Ye qabeela hamesha se he hakoomat k khilaaf baghawatain kerne wala tha. Jab bhi moqa milta isko ye baghawat ker deta tha. Na khud jeete aur na doosroon ko jeene dete thy. Aur yahan ye bhi pata chala ke ye log apni hadood ki hifazat ke liye ahle Iraq aur ahle shaam waloon se muqabla kerte nazar aate thy. Matlab wazeha howa ke ye qabeela Najd Mein he rehta tha aur yahan se woe ahle iraq aur ahle shaam se fight kiya kerta tha kion ke Najd ki Hadood shaam aur iraq se lagti hain.
Ab Ham Ahadees Ki Roshni Mein Dekhte Hain Ke Bani Mudar Kahan Rehti Hain Aur Bani Rabiya Kahan Rehti Hai.
ہم ایک لمبی حدیث کا ایک حصّہ بیان کرتے ہیں
Ham aik lambi hadees ka aik hissa bayan kerte hain
Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam! Ham sirf hurmat wale mahinoon mein he aap ki khidmat mein hazir ho sakte hain kion ke hamaray aur aap ke darmiyan ye mudar qabeela ke kuffaar hail hain. Sahih bukhari vol 1 page 13
Hadees
Ibn Abbas radi Allah anhuma se marvi hai wo kehte hain ke wafd abdul qais Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki Khidmat Mein Aya aur Arz Kiya
Ya Rasoolallah! Ham rabiyya ka qabeela hain aur kuffaar mudar hamaray aur aap ke darmiyan rakawat hain lehaza ham aap ki khidmat mein siwaey sheher e haram ken he aa sakte.. ……. Reference full hadees : Sahih Bukhari, Hadees 1502, Page 1467
تبصرہ
ان احادیث میں بتایا گیا کہ قبیلہ قیس کے مسلمانوں اور مدینہ والوں کے درمیان مضرکا کافر قبیلہ حائل ہے۔ اب ہمیں دیکھنا پڑیگا کہ یہ قبیلہ قیس کے لوگ کہاں
کے رہنے والے تھے۔ قبیلہ قیس بنی ربیعہ کی ایک شاخ ہے،
Comment
Is hadees mein bataya gia ke qabeela qais ke musalmanoon aur madina waloon ke darmiyan mudar ka kafir qabila rakawat hai. Ab dekhna hai ke ye qabeela qais ke log kahan ke rehne wale thy. Qabeela qais bani rabiyya ki aik shaakh hai.
Hadees
Aey Allah! Abdul qais ki maghfirat farma ke ye raza mandi se kisi ke jabr ke baghair musalman ho gaey hain ab ye sharminda hoongy aur na he halaak, Jab ke hamari qaum ke kuch log us waqt tak musalman nhe hote jab tak ruswa aur halaak na ho jaeen, phir Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Apne Chehray ka rukh morrtay howe qibla ki janib kiya aur farmaya Ahle Mashraq mein sab se behtareen log Banu Abdul qais hain.
Musnad Ahmad bin Humble, vol 7, page 360 Hadees 17983.
Ye wafd Bahrain ka rehne wala tha. Matlab ke Madina ke mashraq mein Bahrain ata hai
Is ki sharah mein ibn hajjar asqalani kehte hain ke
is mein daleel hai ke qabeela abdul qais qabail mudar se pehle musalman hua aur mudar qabeela abdl qais aur madeena ke darmiyan abad tha aur abdl qais ka ilaqa Bahrain aur iraq ki atraaf se is ke sath milne wale ilaqay thy.
Fathul bari vol 1, page 132
AB HAM IMAM NOWAWI KI SHARAH KI ROSHNI MEIN DEKHTE HAIN.
IMAM NOWAVI QABEELA ABDUL QAIS KE BARAY MEIN APNI SHARAH MEIN LIKHTE HAIN.
Ahle Mashraq mein se afzal abdul qais ka wafad tumaray pass pohanch chukka hai. Un mein ashaj asri bhi hain wo ehad torne ya tabdeel krne wale nhe aur na he shak kerne wale hain. Kion ke qaum abi tak musalman nhe hoi yahan tak ke wo un se tanha ho gay hain. Sharah sahih muslim, vol 1 page 33
ALAMA BADRUD DIN AINI ISKI SHARAH MEIN LIKHTE HAIN.
Rabiyya (Abdl Qais) aur Madina ke darmiyan kuffaar ka qabeela Mudar Abad tha aur Rabiyya ke logoon ko Madina aate waqt Mudar Se Guzer ker ana hota tha. Umdatul qari vol 1 page 305
Comment
Hadees aur Imam ibn hajjar asqalani aur Imam nowavi ki sharah se ye baat pata chali ke qabeela qais mashraq mein ha aur Qabeela qais iraq ke border aur Bahrain mein rehta hai. Ham Bahrain wale qol ko ziyada tarjeeh dain gay kion ke yehi ilaqa Hadees se sabit hai bani rabiyya ki shaakh qabeela abdl qais ka.
Ab aaeye us hadees ko parhte hain jo hamaray daway ko sach sabit kerti hai.
Hadees
Hazrat Ibn Abbas radi Allah anhuma se rawayat hai ke Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam Ki Masjid mein Jumah Ki namaz hone ke ba'd sab se Pehle Jumah ki Namaz ada ki gai wo (Muqaam) jawathi mein Abdl Qais ki masjid hai. Jawathi Bahrain mein aik jagah ka naam hai. Sahih Bukhari vol 2 page 1469 Hadees 1504
Comment
Sabit howa ke Bahrain Madina ke Mashraq mein hai aur bani rabiyya ki shaakh qais Bahrain mein rehti hai. Aur Bahrain aur Madinah ke darmiyan jo ilaqa ata hai woe Mudar Qabeela Ka Hai. Aur Yaad Rahe ke Najd ke ilaqay mein he ye Mudar Qabeela ata hai Aur Rabiyya Bahrain ke area mein ata hai aur Bahrain bhi Najd mein he shaamil hai.
Qabeela Qais Bahrain Se Aya Tha
QAIS KA QABEELA BAHUT BARRA QABEELA THA JO Bahrain mein rehtay thy .
al'muwahib laduniya , Page 652 vol 1
Qabeela Rabiyya Bahrain mein hai Jo Madina Ke Bilkul Mashraq Mein hai. More detail reference is below:
"Majmuaz zawaiyd Vol 3 Hadees 6699 Aur Tabarani fil kabeer Vol 18, Hadees 93,95
Ooper ki ahadees se sabit howa ke Mudar Qabeela qabeela Qais ke darmiyan mein hai. Aur ham ne ahadees ki roshni mein dekha ke qabeela qais Bahrain Mein hai. Aur Hadees se sabit howa ke Bahrain Mashraq mein hai. Aur Bahrain ke border se Saudi Arabia ka Najd ka area shuru hota hai Yemen,Madina, shaam aur Iraq Ke darmiyan tak hai.
Ab koi Ye bhi Keh sakta hai ke Bahrain Mojooda Bahrain nahe tha Balke woe koi aur Bahrain tha. Is ke rad ke liye ham ye hawala paish ker dete hain
Bahrain kahan per hai.
Pas hazrat al'ilah bin al'hazrami radi Allah anho ne Hazrat Umer radi Allah anho ki ijazat ke baghair inhain (lashkar ko) samunder mein sawar ker ke Iran le gaey aur Hazrat Umer radi Allah anho is baat ko napasand krte thy kion ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu alaihe wasallam aur Hazrat Abu bakr radi Allah anho ne is mein musalmanoon ki jung nhe kerwai, Pas ye foujain Bahrain se Iran chali gaeen.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 117
Iran aur iraq ka border aik doosry ke sath attach hai. Jab ke iran aur Bahrain ke darmiyan samunder ata hai. Aur above isi Bahrain ka zikr howa hai jo mojooda Bahrain hai kion ke samunder in donooon ke darmiyan hai aur boats per jane ka matlab yehi hai ke samunder ke rasty hamla krne ja rahe thy iran per.
Banu Tamim Kis Nasl Se Hai Aur Kis Qabeelay Se Talluk Rakhti Hai
بنو تمیم کس نسل سے ہے اور کس قبیلے سے تعلق رکھتی ہے!
بنو تمیم حضرت اسماعیل علیہ السّلام کی نسل سے ہیں اور حضرت اسماعیل علیہ السّلام کی نسل سے ہی مضر تھے۔ اورمضر کی نسل سے ہی بنو تمیم بھی ہیں۔ اور حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم نے خود کو بھی مضری فرمایا ہے۔اور قبیلہ اسلم بھی حضرت اسماعیل علیہ السّلام کی نسل سے ہیں۔ اور حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم نے فرمایا ہے کہ مضر اور بیعہ سے شیطان کے دو سینگ نکلیں گے۔ اب یہاں لوگ اعتراض کرسکتے ہیں کہ حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم خود اس قبیلے سے ہیں تو وہاں سے شیطان کا سینگ کیسے نکل سکتا ہے۔ اسکو ہم چھوٹی سی مثال سے سمجھاتےہیں کہ کسی کے سات بیٹے ہوں جن میں سے دو غلط کام کرتے ہوں تو لوگ انکے دو بیٹوں کا نام نہیں لیں گے بلکہ باپ کا نام لیں گے اگرچہ باقی بیٹے اچھے ہوں۔اسی لئے حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم نے ان کا نام لیا جن سے بہت سی شاخیں چھوٹے بڑے قبیلوں کی صورت میں نکلی کیونکہ اگر حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم ان فتنہ پرست قبیلوں کا نام لے لیتے تو لوگ ان سے نفرت کرنے لگتے اور ان سے بول چال ہی ختم کردیتے۔ اس لئے کچھ چیزوں کو مصلحت کے تحت تھوڑا چھپا دیاگیا لیکن ساتھ بنیاد بھی بتا دی۔
Banu Tamim Hazrat Ismaeel alaihessalam ki nasl se hain aur Hazrat Ismail alaihessalam ki nasl se he Mudar thy Aur Mudar Ki Nasl se he banu tamim bhi hain aur Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne khud ko bhi Mudari farmaya hai. Aur Qabeela Aslam Bhi Hazrat Ismail alaihessalam ki nasl se hai. Aur Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya hai ke Mudar Aur Rabiyya se Shaitan ke 2 seeng niklain gay.ab yahan log aitraz ker sakte hain ke Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam Khud is qabeelay se hain to wahan se shaitan ka seeng kaise nikal sakta hai. Isko ham chhoti si misaal se samjhate hain ke kisi ke saat bety hon jin mein se 2 ghalt kaam krte hn to log un 2 betoon ka naam nhe lain gy balke baap ka naam lain gy agerchy baqi bety achy hon. Isi liye Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne unka naam liya jin se chhoti barri shakhain nikli kion ke ager Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam un fitna parast qabeeloon ka naam le lete to log un se nafrat kerne lagte aur log un se bol chaal khatm ker dete isi liye kuch cheezon ko chhupane mein he maslehat thi.
Bani Mudar Ke Hawalay se Ager Koi Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam per aitraz Kray To Uska Jawab Ye below Hadees hai
، عن ابن عمر رضي الله عنهما قال: { إنا لقعود بفناء النبي r إذ مرت بنا ([1]) امرأة، فقال بعض القوم: هذه ابنة رسول الله r . فقال أبو سفيان: مثل محمد في بني هاشم، مثل الريحانة في وسط النتن، فانطلقت المرأة فأخبرت ([2]) النبي r فجاء النبي r يعرف في وجهه الغضب فقال: " ما بال أقوال تبلغني عن أقوام، إن الله خلق السموات
سبعا فاختار العلى ([3]) منها، وأسكنها من شاء من خلقه، ثم خلق الخلق، فاختار من الخلق بني آدم، واختار من بني آدم العرب، واختار من العرب مضر، واختار من مضر قريشا، واختار من قريش بني هاشم، واختارني من بني هاشم، فأنا من خيار إلى خيار، فمن أحب العرب، فبحبي أحبهم، ومن أبغض العرب فببغضي أبغضهم } ([4]) .
([1]) أخرجه الحاكم في المستدرك ، كتاب معرفة الصحابة ، ذكر فضائل القبائل ، (4 / 73 ، 74)
اب ہم دیکھتے ہیں بنو تمیم کا شجرہ نسب سلفیوں کی زبان سے
Bani Tamim Ka Hasb O Nasb
Adnan
Saad
Saad se 2 shakhain
1: Mudar
2: Rabiyya
Mudar Ki Shakhain
1: qabais ailan
2: Tami
3: Khaziha
Rabiyya Ki Shakhain
1: Waiyl
2: Anza
Waiyl Ki 2 Shakhain
1: Thalba
2: Bakr
(Al'Manjd Hissa Tareekh Page 458
Mein Mudar ki is Shajra e Nasb se itfaq nahe kerta kion ke is mein kahi aur shakoon ka bayan nahe howa hai lakin Phir bhi aik Shajrah ke tor per tasleem ker lete hain kion ke ham ne banu tamim ka shajra nasb dekhna hai na ke doosri shakhoon ka.
Is hawalay se badrud din aini farmate hain:
Tamim mudar ka bahut barra qabeela hai, ye tamim bin mer bin adban bin tabkha bin ilyas bin mudar ki taraf mansoob hai.
Umdatul Qari, Vol 13, page 104, page 83, vol 8.
Bani Tamim Kahan Rehti Hai
بنی تمیم کہاں رہتی ہے
Banu Tamim Najd Mein he Rehni wali hai.
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne najd ke sardaroon Hazrat Aqra bin habis , hazrat ainiya bin badr aur un ke digger sathiyoun ko sona ata kiya..
Is ki sharah mein Alama Badrud Din Aini najd ke sardar Hazrat Aqrah bin habis radi Allah anho ke baray mein likhte hain ke :
Ibn is'haaq farmate hain ke Hazrat aqrah bin habis tamimi radi Allah anho atard bin hajib ke sath bani tamim ke ashraaf ke sath bargah e risalat mein Hazir hoey.
Umdatul Qari vol 15, page 229
Alama Badrud din aini khawarij ke baray mein likhte hain ke:
علامہ بدرالدّین عینی شارح صحیح بخاری خوارج کے بارے میں لکھتے ہیں
Ye (zil khwaisra ki nasal ke ) log Najd ke us muqaam se niklay jahan banu tamim abad hain.
Umdatul Qari Vol 24, page 90
Comment:
Hadees aur Sharah se Wazeha howa ke Banu Tamim ka qabeela Najd ka rehne wala Hai. Aur issi nasl se sab se pehla gustakh nikla tha jis ka naam dhil khawaysra tamimi tha
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Hazrat ainiya bin hasn fazari radi Allah anho ko banu tamim ki taraf maqam satya mein bheja aur ye banu tamim ki sarzameen hai. Aap moharam al'haram sun 9 hijri mein 50 arbi shahsawaroon ko le ker tashreef le gaey thy, jin mein koi mohajir aur Ansaar nhe thy ……. … in sawaroon ne sehra mein banu tamim ke logoon per achanak hamla kia ,,,,, more detail reference is:
Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 3 page 160
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke ghazwaat aur saryah ki kul tadad 82 hai, qazi sulman mansoor poori ne likha aur un mein se 23 ghazwat o sarya qabaail e najd ke sath paish aaey.
تبصرہ
اب تک کی ہونے والی بحث سے ثابت ہوا کہ نجد ان علاقوں کے درمیان کے علاقے کو کہتے ہیں جو شام، عراق،مدینہ اور یمن کے درمیان کا علاقہ ہے۔ اور قبیلہ قیس بحرین میں آباد تھا جن کو اہل مشرق کہا گیا ہے اور مضر کا قبیلہ مدینہ اور بحرین کے درمیان تھا۔ اور مضر قبیلہ قبل از اسلام سے ہی بہت خودسر تھے۔ اور یہ قبیلہ موجودہ نجد ریاض ہی کے علاقے میں آباد تھے۔ بنو تمیم قبیلہ مضر کی ایک بڑی شاخ ہے۔اور بنوتمیم آج بھی نجد ریاض کے شمال کی جانب ہے۔ جو مدینہ کے عین مشرق میں آتی ہے۔
اور یہ وہی نجد ہے جس میں23 غزوات اور سریہ قبائل نجد کے ساتھ تھے جبکہ حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم کے غزوات اور سریہ کی کل تعدار 82 ہے۔
اب ہم اپنے اصلی مقصد کی طرف آتے ہیں اور وہ احادیث بیان کرتے ہیں جن میں فتنوں کا ذکر آیا ہے اور ان احادیث کا تعلق مشرق اور نجد سے ہے۔
AHADEES E MASHRAQ AUR HADEES NAJD
احادیث مشرق اور حدیث نجد
ان تمام احادیث میں "یطلع قرن الشّیطان " اور مشرق کا ذکر آیا ہے
رسول اللہ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے یمن کی طرف اپنے دست مبارک سے اشارہ کرتے ہوئے فرمایا ایمان تو یہی ہے اور سخت مزاجی اور سنگ دلی ربیعہ اور مضر اونٹ والوں میں ہے جو اونٹوں کی دموں کے پیچھے پیچھے ہانکتے چلے جاتے ہیں جہاں سے شیطان کے دو سینگ نکلیں گے یعنی ربیعہ اور مضر۔
صحیح مسلم ، ج1، حدیث 183، ص 184
Rasoolallah sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne yemen ki taraf ishara kiya aur farmaya ke imaan yemani hai aur agah ho jao ke fitnah aur sangdili oontoon ki dummoon ke qareeb rehne waloon Mudar aur Rabiya mein hai jahan se shaitan ke 2 seeng niklain gay.
Sahih muslim hadees Page 52, vol 1, bukhari 466, vol 1
HADEES
Hazrat abu masaud radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Yemen ki Taraf apne dast e Mubarak se ishara kerte hoey farmaya imaan to yahan (Yemen) hai aur sakhti aur sangdili Rabiyya aur Mudar oontoon waloon mein hai jo oontoon ki dummoon ke peechay peechhay hankte chale jate hain. Jahan se shaitan ke 2 seeng niklain gay yanni qabeela Rabiyya aur Mudar
Sahih Muslim vol 1, page 184, Hadees 183
Hadees
Abu Hurayra radi Allah anho se marvi hai ke Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke: Imaan Yemni hai aur kuffer mashraqi hai. Bakriyoun waloon ke liye sakoon o itminaan hai jab ke oont (camel) aur gorray (horse) waloon mein takabbur, gharoor aur darushtagi paee jati hai. Aur dajjal jab ohad ke peechhay pohanchay ga to farishtay uska rukh shaam ki taraf morr dain gay jahan wo halaak hoga. Ye hadees Hassan sahih hai
Jami'a Trimdi Vol 2, Page 139 Hadees 124
HADEES
Hazrat Ibn Umer radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu alaihe wasallam Hazrat Hafsa radi Allah anha ke darwazay ke pass kharray howy thy to Aap Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne apne hath se mashraq ki taraf ishara farmaya aur farmaya fitnah yahan hoga jahan se shaitan ka seeng talooh hota hai, issay Aap sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne 2 ya 3 bar martaba farmaya. Aur ubaidullah bin saeed ne apni rawayat mein Aap Sallallahu Alaihe wasallam syeda Ayesha Radi Allah Anha ke darwazay ke pass kharray thy. Sahih Muslim, Vol 3, Page 1836 Hadees 2796
HADEES
Hazrat Ibn Umer Radi Allah anho rawayat kerte hain ke aik martaba Hazoor sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne 2 martaba ye dua ki ke
Aey Allah! Hamaray shaam aur Yemen Mein barkatain Nazil farma, Aik Admi ne arz kiya Ya Rasoolallah! Hamaray mashraq ke liye bhi Dua farmaiye! Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Wahan se to Shaitan Ka seeng talooh (nikalta) hota hai aur 10 mein se 9 feesad sher yehi hota hai. Sahih Bukhari, Hadees 7094, Ibn Hibban 7301
AHADEES:
Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke kuffer ka markaz mashraq ki taraf hai, fakhr o takabbar gorray waloon mein aur oont waloon mein hai jin ke dil sakht hain aur narmi akhlaqi aur maskeeni bakri waloon mein hai
Aik aur hadees mein farmate hain ke Imaan to Yemen Waloon mein hai aur kuffer mashraq ki taraf hai aur bakri waloon mein maskeeni, naram mazaji hoti hai aur gharoor aur riya kari, sakht mazaji aur badkhalqi gorroon waloon aur oontoon waloon mein hai. Sahih Muslim Vol 1, Page 186/187, Hadees 187/188
Hadees
Hazrat Abu Hurayra Radi Allah Anho se Rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Farmaya: Imaan Yemeni Hai Aur Kuffer Mashraqi hai, Bakriyoun waloon ke liye Sakoon o Itminaan Hai Jab ke oont aur gorray waloon mein takabbur, gharoor aur darushtagi Pai Jati Hai Aur dajjal jab ohad (Madina ke Mashriq) ke peechhay pohanchay ga To farishtay us ka Rukh shaam ki taraf Morr Dain gay, Jahan wo halak hoga. Ye hadees Sahih Hai
Jami'a Trimdi Vol 2, Page 139 Hadees 124
Comment: is hadees se pata chala ke takabur aur gharoor aur kuffer mashraq waloon mein hai jo gorroon aur oontoon wale hain. Aur Najd ki taraf se he Dajjal Ohad paharr ke peechay aey ga aur ohad pahar madina ki mashraqi Riyaz Wali side mein hai. Aur zahir hai jab ohad tak aey ga to Najd se he guzar ker aey ga aur us dajjal ke sathi bhi najd se bhi hoongy.
Hadees:
Hazrat abu masaud radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se suna hai ke ussi taraf yanni mashraq ki taraf se fitnay uthhain gay, zulm aur sangdilli shutter'banoon mein hai yanni ooni khaimoon waloon ke haan, oont aur gaey (cow) ki dummoon ke pass yanni rabiyya aur mudar ke qabeela mein hai.
Sahih Bukhari vol 2, Page 717 hadees 715
Hadees
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke diloon ki sakhti aur sakht mazaji mashraq waloon mein hai, imaan hijaaz waloon mein hai Sahih Muslim vol 1 page 192, Hadees 195
Comment:
In ahadees mein bahut si cheezain common hain aik hain.
1: fitnah aur sangdili oontoon ki dummoon
2: sakhti aur sangdili Rabiyya aur Mudar oontoon waloon
3: kuffer mashraqi hai
4: oont (camel) aur gorray (horse) waloon mein takabbur, gharoor aur darushtagi
5: kuffer ka markaz mashraq ki taraf hai
6: fakhr o takabbar gorray waloon mein aur oont waloon mein
7: gharoor aur riya kari, sakht mazaji aur badkhalqi gorroon waloon aur oontoon waloon mein hai.
8: ussi taraf yanni mashraq ki taraf se fitnay uthhain gay
9: diloon ki sakhti aur sakht mazaji mashraq waloon
Fitna sangdili oont waloon mein hai aur oont banu Mudar ke thy aur gorray Rabiyya ke thy. Takabbur aur gharoor bhi inhi mein hai. Aur inhi oont aur gorray waloon matlab bani Mudar aur Bani Rabiyya se he shaitan ke 2 seeng niklain gayl. In sab ahadees mein mashraq se jo cheez murad li gai hai wo Banu Mudar Aur Banu Rabiyya Hai.aur bani rabbiya hadees ke mutabiq Bahrain mein thi aur Bani Mudar Bahrain Aur Madina ke rastay mein hai. Aur rastay mein woe poora ilaqa Najd ata hai jis se shaitan ke seeng niklne ki paish goi farmai gai thi. Ye sari ahadees sahih bukhari aur muslim se li gai hain aur Allah ke karam se koi dhaeef hadees nahe hai. Aur baat sari clear ho gai hai Ahadees, Tareekh aur scholars ki opinion ki roshni mein najd yehi najd hai jo mojooda hai yehi shaitan wala najd hai. Beshak 12 najd hoongy lakin jo najd hadees mein muraad liya gia woe najd yehi hai.
AB HAM AYAAT E QUR'ANI AUR AHADEES SE DOBARA DEKHTE HAIN
اب ہم آیات قرآنی کی روشنی میں دیکھتے ہیں ان لوگوں کی خصوصیات جن کی نشاندہی احادیث میں بھی کی گئی اور جن کی مذمت قرآن میں بھی بہت ہوئی
اب ہم صحیح بخاری کی ایک اہم حدیث بیان کرنے لگے ہیں، بیشک اس سے پہلے مشرق اور فتنے سے متعلق احادیث پیش کی ہیں لیکن اس حدیث پر غور کرنے سے بہت کچھ سمجھ آجاتا ہے اور اس سے متعلق کچھ آیات بھی ملتی ہیں۔
Hadees
Hazrat Abu Hurayra Radi Allah Anho farmate hain ke mein ne Rasoolallalh Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se suna ke Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam farmatay hain ke Yemen Wale Aa Gaey hain ye log nehayat narm dil aur kamzor dil hain imaan bhi yemni aur hikmat bhi yemani aur maskeeni bakri waloon mein aur fakhr o gharoor shor machane wale dehatiyoun mein jo mashraq ki Taraf rehte hain. Sahih Muslim, vol 1 Page 189, Hadees 191
Comment:
Shor machane wale dehation ko mashraq mein kaha gia hai. In shor machane wale dehatiyoun se kiya muraad hai?
Aaeye surat Al'Hujrat ayat Number 4,5:
Tarjuma
Beshak wo tumain hujroon ke bahir se Pukarte hain un mein aksar be'aqal hain aur ager wo sabr krte yahan tak aap un ke pass tashreef late to ye un ke liye achha tha.
Ye ayat bani tamim ke dehati logoon ke haq mein nazil hoi, qabeela bani tamim ke chand log dopehar ke waqt Masjid Nabvi mein aaey. Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam us waqt aram farma rahe thy to ye log bahir se awazain dene lage thy ke aey Muhammad bahir aeye.
Ibn kathir ayat number 4 aur 5 ki tafseer mein likhte hain:
un logoon ki muzammat bayan farmai ja rahi hai jo hujroon ke bahir se pukarte hain, Ye ummahat ul mo'maneen ke ghar thy. Ajad badwoon ( uneducated, jahil dehati logoon) ka yehi tarika tha. Ye iqrah bin habis tamimi ke baray mein nazil hoi.
Tafseer Ibn Kathir, Vol 4, page 363, Surat al'hujraat
Comment:
Ye ayat Najd ke logoon jo bani tamim ke thy un ke hawalay se nazil hoi. Aur ibn kathir tafseer mein likhte hain ke ajad badwoon ka yehi tarika hai.
(yanni zor se bolna, shor kerna). Badu dehati ko kehte hain.
ب ہم ایک اور آیت پیش کرتے ہیں جو نجد کے حوالے سے نازل ہوئی۔
Surat Al'fateh ki ayat aur uski tafseer bahawala najdi fitnah
"Anqareeb tum sakht larrai wali qaum ki taraf bulaey jao gay.
Surat Al'fateh :16
is ayat ki tafseer mein qadi thana ullah pati farmate hain
zahri muqatal aur aik jama'at ka ye qol hai ke is se banu hanifa yamamah ke bashinday aur musaylma kazzab ke sathi murad thy.
Hazrat Rafeh bin khadaij sahabi radi Allah anho farmate hain ke ham ye ayat parhte to thy mager ye maloom na tha ke ye kaun log hain? Jab hazrat Abu bakr sadiq radi Allah anho bani hanifa najdion ke khilaaf jehad ki dawat di to hamain pata chala ke is ayat se ye log muraad hain. Ye aksar mufasreen ka qol hai.
Tafseer Mazhari, vol 9, page 22
Comment:
is se andaza hota hai ke Najd ke fitnoon ke hawalay se ayaat mein pehle he bayan ker diya gia tha. Aur is se pata chalta hai ke yehi Najd Murad Hai jis ke hawale se ahadees bayan hoi hain.
Ab ham aik aur ayat paish kerte hain phir is ke nichay aik hadees bayan krain gay
Munafiq jo shirk ka fatwa lagate hain
Ayat ka tarjuma
Jis ne Rasool ki ata'at ki us ne meri ata'at ki
SHAAN E NAZOOL
Mufasir shaheer alama fakhrud din razi (wisal 606) apni shohra afaq tafseer kabeer mein likhte hain ke Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe wasallam ne farmaya jis ne meri ata'at ki us ne dar'haqeeqat Allah ki ata'at ki, Munafiqoon ne kaha ye hamain Ghair Allah ki ebadat se rokte hain halanke ye khud shirk ke qareeb hain. Ye chahte hain ke ham unhain Rab maan lain jaisa ke isaiyoun ne Isa bin maryam alaihessalam ko apna Rab Mana, is per Allah ta'ala ne ye ayat nazil ki :
Jis ne Rasool ki ata'at ki beshak us ne meri ata'at ki. Surat an'nisa Ayat 80.
(Tafseer Kabeer wa Tafseer Khazen)
Comment: yahan per kuch logoon ko Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ki ata'at mein shirk nazar aya. Aur un ko Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke farman mein kammi nazar eye. Bilkul isi tarah najd ke banu tamim qabeela ke dhil khawaysra tamimi ko bhi Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ki taqseem mein kammi nazar eye to us ne be'adli ka bohtan laga diya Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam per.
Bani Tamim Ki Refutation
Kuch log aik he Hadees jo mukhtalif sihah e sitta ki kitaboon mein bayan hoi hai, us ke bahut se hawale de dete hain ye dekho bani tamim ki fazilat. Lakin wo ahadees nahe share krte jis mein Banu Tamim Ne Basharat ko thokra diya aur na wo hadees dekhate hain jis mein banu tamim ko mehroom ker diya gia. Ab ham sirf chand ahadees is hawale se bayan krain gy kion ke hamara maqsad aik baat ko chand misaloon se samjhana hai. Samajhne wale ke liye aik he baat kafi hoti hai aur na samajhne wale ke liye lakh batain bhi samajh nahe ati hain
Bani Tameem constitute the majority of the inhabitants of the Najd that is in Saudi Arabia.
The hadeeth of Saheeh Bukhaaree reported by Abu Hurayra (RA): "I have loved the people of the tribe of Bani Tameem, ever since I heard three things the Messenger of Allaah , sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, said about them. I heard him saying, 'these people (of the tribe of Bani Tameem) would stand firm against the Dajjaal.' When the Saddaqat from that tribe came, the Messenger of Allaah , sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, said, "these are the Saddaqat (charitable gifts) of our folk." Aa'ishah had a slave girl from that tribe, and the Prophet , sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, said to Aa'ishah, 'manumit her as she is a descendant of Ismaa'eel, alayhis salaam.'" [Hadeeth no. 2543, 4366 of al-Fath].
Hazrat abu hurayra radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke jab se mein ne Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se bani tamim ke baray mein teen 3 batain suni hain mein un se hamesha mohabbat rakhhta hon, Aap ne farmaya un mein ye 3 batain pai jati hain.
1: meri ummat mein se wo dajjal per sab se ziyada sakht hoon gay.
2: aur hazrat Ayesha radi Allah anha ke pass un ki aik qaidi aurat thi, Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: " issay azad ker do ye Hazrat Isma'il alaihessalam ki aulad mein se hai.
3: aur un ke sadqaat aaeye to Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya " ye meri qom ke sadqaat hain"
Comment: ooper bayan ki gai hadees mein 3 batain ba yan hoi hain.
1: wo dajjal per sab se ziyada sakht hongy. Is se pata chala ke banu tamim he woe maghroor aur sakht dil log hain jin ka zikr ahadees mein aya hai ke Diloon ki sakhti Aur Gharoor Mashraq mein hai.
2: doosra point hai Ye Hazrat Ismail Alaihessalam ki olad mein se hain. Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Qabeela Aslam ko bhi Hazrat Ismail Alaihessalam ki olad qarar diya hai.
Qabeela Aslam Olad Ismail Se Hai:
Hazrat Salma Radi Allah Anha se marvi hai: Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam Qabeela Aslam Ke Kuch Logoon ki taraf tashreef le gaey aur wo bazaar mein teer andazi ker rahe thy to Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya:
Aey olad e Ismail! Teer andazi kro is liye ke tumaray baap (ismail) teer andaz thy aur mein falaan shakhs ke sath hoon kisi aik fareeq ke baray mein (Aap ne aisa farmaya) pas doosray fareeq ke logoon ne apne hath rok liye, Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke in ko kiya ho gia! Logoon ne arz kiya ham kaise teer andazi krain Aap to falaan ke sath hain farmaya: teer andazi kro mein sab ke sath hoon. Sahih Bukhari Vol 2 Hadees 723
Is se pata chala ke ye imtiyaz sirf banu tamim ke liye he nhe balke aur bhi bahut se tribes aur mulkoon ko hasil hai. Jaisa ke Abi Ham point 3 mein Bataeen gay.
3: ye meri qaum ke sadqat hain. Even the most positive interpretation, however, allows us to conclude no more than that the Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) was pleased with that tribe at the moment it paid its zakat. As we shall see, its payment of zakat proved to be short-lived.
Ye bhi sirf banu tamim ko imtiyaz hasil nhe jaisa ke point 2 mein qabeela aslam se wazeha hogia hai. Ab ham aik aur hawala de ker is baat ko Mazeed wazeha kerte hain
Ghalib b. Abjur said: ‘I mentioned Qays in the presence of Allah’s Messenger (s) and he said, "May Allah show His mercy to Qays." He was asked, "O Messenger of God! Are you asking for His mercy for Qays?" and he replied, "Yes. He followed the religion of our father Ismail b. Ibrahim, Allah’s Friend. Qays! Salute our Yemen! Yemen! Salute our Qays! Qays are Allah’s cavalry upon the earth."
’ (Tabarani, declared sahih by al-Haythami, X, 49.)
Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) said: ‘O Allah, bless [the tribe of] Ahmas and its horses and its men sevenfold.’ (Ibn Hanbal, in Haythami, Majma X, 49. According to al-Haythami its narrators are all trustworthy.)
Abu Hurayra narrated that Allah’s Messenger (s) said: ‘How excellent a people are Azd, sweet-mouthed, honouring their vows, and pure of heart!’
(Ibn Hanbal via a good (hasan) isnad, according to Haythami, X, 49.)
Anas b. Malik said: ‘If we are not from Azd, we are not from the human race.’
(Tirmidhi, Manaqib, 72; confirmed by Mubarakfuri, X, 439 as hasan gharib sahih.)
Abdallah ibn Mas‘ud said: ‘I witnessed Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) praying for this clan of Nakh‘.’ Or he said: ‘He praised them until I wished that I was one of them.
’ (Ibn Hanbal, with a sound isnad. Haythami, X, 51.)
Umm Salama narrated that Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) gave the following counsel on his deathbed: ‘By Allah, I adjure you by Him, concerning the Egyptians, for you shall be victorious over them, and they will be a support for you and helpers in Allah’s path.’ (Tabarani, classed by al-Haythami as sahih [Majma‘, X, 63].) (For more on the merit of the Egyptians
see Sahih Muslim, commentary by Imam al-Nawawi [Cairo, 1347], XVI, 96-7.)
Qays ibn Sa‘d narrated that Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) said: ‘Were faith to be suspended from the Pleiades, men from the sons of Faris [south-central Iran] would reach it.’
(Narrated in the Musnads of both Abu Ya‘la and al-Bazzar, classified as Sahih by al-Haythami. Majma, X, 64-5. See further Nawawi’s commentary to Sahih Muslim, XVI, 100.)
بنی تمیم نے بشارت ٹھکرا دی۔
Bani Tamim Ne Basharat Thokra Di
Hazrat imran bin hasain radi Allah anhuma farmaty hain ke bani tamim ke logoon ki aik jama'at Nabi Kareem Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein hazir hoi.
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya:
"aey banu tamim!
Basharat ko qabool kro.
(bani tamim wale) lagay Ya Rasoolallah! Hamain basharat to de di, kuch maal bhi enayat farmaeiye.
Is jawab ka aser chehra anwar per per numayan tha. Phir Yemen ke logoon ki aik jama'at i. wo arz guzar hoey jab ke banu tamim ne to issay qabool nhe kiya.
Wo arz guzar hoey Ya Rasoolallah! Ham ne qabool ki.
Sahih bukhari vol 2, page 687, baab 535.hadees 1493
On the authority of Imran ibn Husayn (r.a.): ‘A group of Tamimites came to the Prophet (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam), and he said: "O tribe of Tamim! Receive good news!" "You promise us good news, so give us something [money]!" they replied. And his face changed. Then some Yemenis came, and he said: "O people of Yemen! Accept good news, even though the tribe of Tamim have not accepted it!" And they said: "We accept." And the Prophet (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) began to speak about the beginning of creation, and about the Throne.’
(Bukhari, Bad’ al-Khalq, 1.)
Comment
Pata chala ke Banu Tamim ne to basharat khushkhabri he thokra di hai. Sirf maal ki hirs ki wajah se.
Ab ham Aik Aur Hadees Bayan Kerte Hain Jo Hamain Banu Tamim Ki Hesiyat Clear Ker De gi.
Bani Tamim Nakam aur namurad
Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho rawayat kerte hain ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne irshad farmaya ke tum jante ho jaheena, mazeena, aslam aur ghaffaar ke qabeelay bani tamim,bani asad,bani Abdullah bin ghatfan aur bani aamir bin sah'saha se bahut achhay hain to aik admi ne arz kiya ke bani tamim waghaira na'murad aur na'kaam ho gaey? Irshad farmaya Haan, Jaheena waghaira ke qabail bani tamim, bani asad, bani Abdullah bin ghatfan aur bani aamir bin sah'saha se bahut achhay hain.
Sahih Bukhari vol 2, Page 731, Hadees 7310
Hazrat Abu Bakra radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke iqrah bin habs ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se arz kiya ke siraaq al'hajeej jo aslam qabeela se hai aur Ghaffaar Mazeena aur Jaheena ne Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se bait ki Hai to Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya Kiya tum Jante ho?
Aslam, Mazeena Aur Jaheena ye Sab Banu tameem, banu amir aur ghatfaan nakaam aur na'muraad se behter hain. Iqrah bin habs ne arz kia jee Haan! Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya us Zaat ki qasam jis ke qabza e qudrat mein meri jaan hai Aslam o Ghaffaar waghaira bani tamim waghaira se bahut achhay Hain.
Sahih Bukhari Vol 2 Hadees 732 Page 731
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya ke: Quraish, Ansaar,Jaheena,Mazeena, Aslam, Ghaffar aur ashjah Mere khair khawah hain aur Allah aur us ke Rasool ke siwa aur koi un ka hamaiti nhe.
Sahih Bukhari vol 5 Hades 3512
Comment:
In Ahadees se pata chala ke Bani tamim ki fazilat ki tareef per jo hadees hai wo sirf banu tamim ke liye he special nahe hai balke aur bhi bahut se qabeeloon aur qomoon ke liye hai. Jaise qabeela aslam Hazrat Ismail alaihessalam se hai. Aur Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne khud farmaya tha ke "Mein Mudari Hoon" ]
"میں مضری ہوں" halanke Mudar Qabeela woe qabeela hai jahan se shaitan ke seeng nikalne ki paish goi farmai gai. Lakin zahir hai Mudar Ki sari olad se to fitnay nahe niklain gay, phir farma diya ke Mein behtareen qaum Mein paida howa.
Phir qabeela Mudar se kaun se qabeelay shaitan ka seeng nikle ga usko basharat thokrane wali hadees wazeha kerti hai lakin aam insan ke dil mein shak rehta hai shyd nahe unhoon ne sirf basharat thokrai hai. Lakin teesri hadees jis mein qabeela aslam jaheena etc ko behtar qarar diya gia aur bani tamim bani ghutfan etc ko mehroom ker diya gia se baat wazeha ho jati hai. Banu tamim ko mehroom ker diya gia. Mehroom kerne wali ahadees sahih bukhari aur sahih muslim mein bahut si hain aur basharat thokrane wali hadees bhi her hadees ki kitab mein hain. Lakin hmara maqsad samjhana hai is liye sirf aik aik hadees paish ki.
نجد کے فتنے اور بنو تمیم
Najd Ke Fitnay Aur Banu Tamim
1: Sajah jhooti Nabiya aur Banu Tamim
Sajah jhooti nabiyya ko qabool kerne wale bani tamim ke sardar malik bin nowera, atard bin habs aur bani tamim ke sadaat amra ki aik jamaat bhi shamil thi
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 6, page 425
Banu Tamim, Sajah Kahna ke sath Murtad ho gaey thy.
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
Sajah (jhooti nabuwat ki dawedar aurat) jab bilad e bani tamim se guzri to is ne unhain apne amar ki taraf dawat di aur un (bani tamim) ke awam ne is ki baat ko qabool ker liya.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 6, Page 425
The other ringleader of Najdi rebellion against the khilafa was a woman known as Sajah, whose full name was Umm Sadir bint Aws, and who belonged to the tribe of Tamim. She made claims to prophethood in the name of a rabb who was ‘in the clouds’, and who gave her revelations by which she succeeded in uniting sections of the Tamim who had argued among themselves over the extent to which they should reject the authority of Madina. Leading several campaigns against tribes who remained loyal to Islam, the Najdi prophetess is said to have thrown in her lot with Musaylima. Other than this, little is known of her fate.
(Ibn Qutayba, Ma‘arif, p.405; Baladhuri, Futuh, pp.99-100.)
Sajah banu tamim ki aik aurat thie jis ne nabuwat ka dawah kia tha to us ki qaum se aik jamaat uski pairokar ban gai.
Phir us tak musaylma ka mamla pohancha to us ne sajah ko dahoka de ker us se nikah ker liya. Ab sajah ki qaum banu tamim aur musaylma kazzaab ki qaum musaylma ki ata'at per mutafiq ho gai.
Imam Ibn hajjar asqalani , fathul bari page 91, vol 8
2: Hazrat Ali Ke Qaatil Aur Bani Tamim
Logoon ne bayan kia ke khawarij mein se 3 admi muntakhib kiye gay,
1: Abdur Rahman bin maljam al'muradi jo qabeela hamair se tha, is ka shumaar qabeela murad mein tha jo kanda ke bani jabla ke haleef tha.
2: Al'berk bin Abdullah Tamimi
3: Umroo bin bakeer al'Tamimi
Tabqaat e Ibn Sa'ad Vol 2, Page 162
Logoon ne bayan kiya ke khawarij mein se 3 admi select kiye gay
1: Abdur Rahman bin maljum al'muradi jo qabeela hamir se tha
2: Alberk bin Abdullah al'tamimi
3: Umroo bin bakeer al'tamimi
Ye teenoon Makkah mein jamah howe inhoon ne ehd o paimaan kiya ke in teenoon admiyoun ko zaroor zaroor qatal ker dain gay' Ali bin abi talib, Muawiya bin abi sufiyan, Umroo bin al'aas
Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 2
3: KHARJI TAMIMI QITRI
Qatri bin al'fajah al'tamimi abu nehama kharji ko qatal ker diya gia. Is ke sathi isko taqreebun 20 saal tak khalifa kehte aur samajhte rahe.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya vol 9 Page 49
4: JHOOTA AHLE BAIT FROM NAJD
Aik shakhs ne Najd mein ye dawah kiya tha ke wo Ali bin Muhammad bin al'fazal bin al'hussain bin Abdullah bin abbas bin bin Ali bin abi talib hai. Iske sath he isne muqam hijer mein logoon ko ata'at ki dawat di, to wahan ke kuch logon ne uski ata'at bhi qabool ker li, jis se wahan zabardast qatal o qataal aur baray fitnay barpa howe aur bahut si larraiyaan bhi hoi,
Iska asli naam Ali bin Muhammad bin abdur raheem tha. Iski maa asad bin khazimah
(Najd) ke khandan se tha.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 11 page 53
6: : (Najd ke) Asad aur Ghatfan bhi Murtad Ho gaey
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
7: : Taliha Bin Khaweld Asadi kahan in ka sardar tha, banu asad,banu tay aur ghatfan wale iske pass chale gaey, azeem musibat paida ho gai aur halaat kharab ho gaey. In ke sath banu abs aur banu zubiyan bhi iske sath shamil ho gaey thy.
(Issi ne jhooti Nabuwat ka dawa kiya tha)
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
Najd mein he abad aik qabila banu asad (manjad hissa Tareekh page 141) ke aik fard taliha asadi ne nabuwat ka dawah ker diya tha aur ye bhi Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke farman "al'zalzal wal'fittan" ki amli tasdeeq thi.
NAJD SE UTHNAY WALE FITNAY
8: : Kanda aur iske Aas Pass ke qabeelay bhi Murtad ho gaey, aur ash'at bin qais inka
Sardar tha.
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
9: : banu Rabiyya bhi almahroor bin nauman bin al'munder ke sath murtid ho gaey.
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
10: Banu Hanaifa, Musaylma bin Habeeb Kazzab ke sath apni (kuffriya) halat per qaim
Thy. Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
Jab Hazrat Khalid bin Walid radi Allah Anho Yamamah (Musaylma kazzab) se farigh howe to Hazrat Siddiq Akbar radi Allah anho ne unhain Iraq jane ka paigham bheja aur ye ke woe farj al'hind yanni Abla se aghaz krain aur Iraq ke balai ilaqay se Iraq aaeen.
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 455
Comment:
Aaj kal kuch log awam ko gumrah kerne ke liye ye kehte phir rahe hain ke Yamamah Iraq Mein tha aur Musaylma Kazzab ne Iraq Mein jhoti nabuwat ka dawah Kiya tha.
Lakin haqeeqat ye hai ke musaylma kabhi iraq giya he nahe aur na he Yamamah Iraq ka hissa hai balke scholars ne saray Yamamah ko Najd kaha hai. Ibn wahhab ki burai per parda dalne ke liye her ilzam iraq per laga rahe hain aur information aur historic event ko ghalat tareeky se paish kiya ja raha hai. Gumrah logoon ki taraf se.
11: Banu Saleem alfujahat ke sath murtad ho gaey, uska naam anas bin abd yalel tha.
12: Banu Asad (Najd Mein Rehne Wala Qabeela) Ka Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam Per Ehsan Jatlana Aur Us Per Qur'an Ki Ayaat Ka Nazool hona
Banu Asad Ka 10 afrad per mushtamil wafd Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein hazir howa. Jin mein darar bin al'ardr, wabsa bin ma'bad aur taliha bin khaweld jis ne Nabuwat ka dawah kiya tha bad mein. Phir bad azaan acha musalman ban gia tha. Aur nafaza bin Abdullah bin khalf shamil thy in ke leader hadarmi bin aamir ne kaha Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ham Aap ke pass be'aab o giyah saal mein shab taar se guzar ker aaeye hain aur Aap ne hamari taraf koi fauj nahe bheji to in ke baray mein ye ayat Nazil hoi:
Ayaat
"woe Tujh per ehsan jatatay hain ke woe musalman ho gaey hain' keh do tum Mujh per apne islam ka ehsan na jatao balke Allah ka tum per ehsan hai ke us ne islam ki janib tumari rahnumai ki hai ager tum rast'baaz ho".
13: Bani tamim ki jamat khawarij
Hazrat ash'at bin qais bani tamim ki aik jama'at ke pass se guzray aur unhain tehreer sunai to urwah bin azeena (azeena iski maa hai, jo bani rabiya bin hanzla ka urwah bin jareer hai aur abu bilal bin mardas bin jarir ka bhai hai) aap ke pass aya aur kehne laga kiya tum Allah ke deen mein mardoon ko hukam banate ho? Phir us ne apni talwar ash'at bin qais ki sawari ki sareen per mari to hazrat Ash'at aur un ki qom ghazabnak ho gaey.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 7, Page 364.
14: Hazrat Imam Hussain Per Qatlana Hamla kerne wale Tamimi Karbala ke Maidan Mein
Pass jawanoon ne her taraf se Hazrat Hussain radi Allah anho per hamla ker diya. Aur zarhat bin shareek tamimi ne aap ke baeen (left shoulder) kandhay per talwar maari aur daeen kandhay(right shoulder) per bhi talwar maari phir wo apko chhorr ker wapis chale gay.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 8, Page 241
Jab hazrat Imam Hussain radi Allah anho peene ke qabil pani ki tarf gaey to aik shakhs ne jissay hassain bin tamim kaha jata tha, us ne aap ke taloo per teer maar ker chheed ker diya
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya, Vol 8. Page 240
15: Qaatleen Hussain Ke Group Mein Bani Tamim Ki Shamooliyat:
Mein habib hoon aur mera baap mazhar hai jo jung ka shehsawar aur jungoon ko bharkane wala hai, tum barri ta'dad wale ho aur ham tum se ziyada wafadar aur sabir hain
Neez ham hujjat ke lehaaz se aala aur haq ke lehaaz se namayaan hain aur tum se ziyada sabit qadam aur pak'baaz hain.(habib imam hussain ka sathi tha)
Phir is habib per bani tamim ke aik shakhs ne hamla kiya aur ussay naiza mara. Aur wo gir parra phir wo utthne laga to hassain bin numair ne us ke sar per talwar mari to wo gir parra aur tamimi ne us ke pass a ker us ka sar kaat liya aur ussay ibn ziyad ke pass le gia.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 8, Page 236
16: Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko Qatal Misriyoun ne kiya. Lakin Hazrat Usam radi Allah ke chehray per thapr marne wala tamimi tha. Hajjaj ne pocha ke tum kaun ho? Us ne jawab diya umair bin zaabi al'tamimi ….. yehi wo shakhs hai jo Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ke qatal ke bad un ke qareeb aya aur us ne Hazrat usman radi Allah anho ke chehray per thhapar mary, ye sun ker hajjaj ne forum umair bin zabi ke qatal ka hukam diya.
Al'bidaya wan'nahay vol 8 page 20
17: Bani Tamim ke hawalay se Nazil hone wali ayat
Surat al'hujraat 49, ayat 4,5
"Beshak jo log Aap ko hujroon ke bahir se pukarte hain un mein se aksar (aap ke buland muqam o martaba aur adaab o tazeem ki) samajh nhe rakhhte 0 aur ager wo log sabar kerte yahan tak ke Aap khud he un ki taraf bahir tashreef lay aate to ye un ke liye behter hota, aur Allah barra bakhshane wala bahut raham farmanay wala hai.
Is mein un logoon ki muzammat bayan ki ja rahe hai jo hujroon ke bahir se pukartay hain.
Marwi hai ke ye iqra bin haabis tamimi ke baray mein nazil hoi jaisa ke bahut si rawayaat mein hai.
Imam ahmad ne iqra bin haabis se rawayat kiya hai ke unhoon ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko hujroon se bahir se aawaz di: Ya Muhammad Ya Muhammad aur aik rawayat mein Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam!
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne koi jawab nhe diya.
Mein ne kaha Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam! Meri hamd muzayyan ker deti hai aur meri muzammat ma'yoob ker deti hai to
(ye fakhar aur takkabur ke bol thy)
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Allah ki madah ba'ise zeenat hai aur ussi ki muzammat ba'ise tehqeer hai.
2: ibn jareer rahmatullah alaihe ne Hazrat bara radi Allah Anho se is ayat ki tafseer mein yehi naqal kiya hai.
1: Hassan basri aur qatada se bhi mursalan yehi marvi hai. Sufiyan thori ne habeeb bin abu umrat se rawayat kia hai ke basher bin ghalib aur labaid bin atard (ya basher bin atard aur labaid bin ghalib) hujjaaj ke pass baithhay thy. Basher bin ghalib ne labaid bin atard se kaha ye ayat teri qom banu tamim ke baray mein nazil hoi thi.
Ibn bin haatim ne zaid bin arqam se rawayat kia
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 4, Page
An early indication of the nature of the Tamimites is given by Allah himself in Sura al-Hujurat. In aya 4 of this sura, He says: ‘Those who call you from behind the chambers: most of them have no sense.’ The occasion for revelation (sabab al-nuzul) here
‘The "chambers" (hujurat) were places enclosed by walls. Each of the wives of Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) had one of them. The aya was revealed in connection with the delegation of the Banu Tamim who came to the Prophet (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam). They entered the mosque, and approached the chambers of his wives. They stood outside them and called: "Muhammad! Come out to us!" an action which expressed a good deal of harshness, crudeness and disrespect. Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) waited a while, and then came out to them. One of them, known as al-Aqra‘ ibn Habis, said: "Muhammad! To praise me is beautiful, and to criticise me is shameful!" And the Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) replied: "Woe betide you! That is the due of Allah."’ (Imam Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Juzayy, al-Tashil [Beirut, 1403], p.702. See also the other tafsir works; also Ibn Hazm, Jamharat ansab al-‘Arab [Cairo, 1382], 208, in the chapter on Tamim.)
18: Gustakh e Rasool Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam Aur Bani Tamim
Sahih Bukhari, Volume 9, Book 84, Number 67:
Narrated Abu Sa'id: "While the Prophet was distributing something, 'Abdullah bin Dhil Khawaisira At-Tamimi came and said, "Be just, O Allah's Apostle!" The Prophet said, "Woe to you ! Who would be just if I were not?" 'Umar bin Al-Khattab said, "Allow me to cut off his neck ! "The Prophet said, " Leave him, for he has companions, and if you compare your prayers with their prayers and your fasting with theirs, you will look down upon your prayers and fasting, in comparison to theirs. Yet they will go out of the religion as an arrow darts through the game's body in which case, if the Qudhadh of the arrow is examined, nothing will be found on it, and when its Nasl is examined, nothing will be found on it; and then its Nadiyi is examined, nothing will be found on it. The arrow has been too fast to be smeared by dung and blood. The sign by which these people will be recognized will be a man whose one hand (or breast) will be like the breast of a woman. These people will appear when there will be differences among the people (Muslims)." Abu Sa'id added: I testify that I heard this from the Prophet and also testify that 'Ali killed those people while I was with him. The man with the description given by the Prophet was brought to 'Ali. The following Verses were revealed in connection with that very person. (i.e., 'Abdullah bin Dhil-Khawaisira At-Tarnimi): 'And among them are men who accuse you (O Muhammad) in the matter of (the distribution of) the alms.' (9.58)"
19: historians affirm that the great majority of the rebellions against the payment of zakat which broke out during the khilafa of Abu Bakr (r.a.) took place among Najdis. Moreoever, and even more significantly, many of the the Najdi rebellions were grounded in a strange anti-Islamic ideology. The best-known of these was led by Musaylima, who claimed to be a prophet, and who established a rival shari‘a which included quasi-Muslim rituals such as forms of fasting and dietary rules. He also prescribed prayers three times a day, a view that may have influenced the similar ruling in Twelver Shi‘ism. As leader of a rival religion, he and his Najdi enthusiasts were in a state of baghy, heretical revolt against due caliphal authority, and Abu Bakr (r.a.) sent an army against them under Khalid ibn al-Walid. In the year 12 of the Hijra Khalid defeated the Najdis at the Battle of al-Aqraba, a bloody clash that centred on a walled garden which is known to our historians as the Garden of Death, because many great Companions lost their lives there at the hands of the Najdis. (See Abdallah ibn Muslim Ibn Qutayba, Kitab al-Ma‘arif (Cairo, 1960), p.206; Ahmad ibn Yahya al-Baladhuri, Futuh al-buldan (repr. Beirut, n.d., 86.) An indication of the continuity of Najdi religious life is given by the non-Muslim traveller Palgrave, who as late as 1862 found that some Najdi tribesmen continued to revere Musaylima as a prophet.
(W. Palgrave, Narrative of a year’s journey through Central and Eastern Arabia [London, 1865], I, 382.)
20: As is the way with Kharijism in all ages, the Najdiyya fragmented amid heated arguments generated by their intolerance of any dissent. The causes of this schism included the Kharijite attack on Madina, which came away with many captives; and different Kharijite ijtihads over sexual relations with Muslim women who, not being Kharijites, they had enslaved. Three major factions emerged from this split, the most dangerous of which was led by Atiyya ibn al-Aswad, again of the tribe of Hanifa. Following Najda’s death, his own faction split, again into three, one of which left Najd to raid the vicinity of Basra
(Abd al-Qahir, 90-1).
21: The Kharijite movement proper commenced at the Siffin arbitration, when the first dissenters left the army of the khalifa Ali (k.A.w.). One of them was Abu Bilal Mirdas, a member of the tribe of Tamim
(Ibn Hazm, 223)
22: Ibn al-Jawzi goes on to document the development of the Kharijite movement, and the central role played by the tribe of Tamim in it. Hence (p.89) ‘The commander of the fight [against the Sunnis, at Harura] was Shabib ibn Rab‘i al-Tamimi’; also (p.92) ‘Amr ibn Bakr al-Tamimi agreed to murder Umar’. All this even though their camp sounded like a beehive, so assiduously were they reciting the Qur’an
Talbis Iblis (p.91)
23: Bani Tamim Ke Logoon Ne Sirf Hazoor sallallahu Alaihe wasallam ki Gustakhi Nahe Ki Balke Ye Sahaba e karam ko bhi seekhane ki koshish kerte thy
Abdullah bin shafeeq farmate hain ke aik din Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas radi Allah Anho ne aik din aser ki namaz ke ba'd jis waqt ke suraj gharoob hogia aur sitaray zahir ho gaey, hamain khutba diya aur log kehne lagy namaz namaz!
Rawi ne kaha phir Bani Tamim ka aik admi aaya wo khamosh nhe raha tha aur na he namaz namaz kehne se baz aa raha tha, to Hazrat Ibn Abbas radi Allah anho ne farmaya teri maa mer jaey! Kiya tu mujhe sunnat sikhha raha hai?
Phir Hazrat Ibn Abbas radi Allah anho ne farmaya ke mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko dekha ke Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne zohar aur aser, maghrib aur esha ki namazoon ko ikathha ker ke parha hai, Abdullah bin shafeeq kehte hain us se mere dil mein kuch khaljan sa mehsoos hua to mein Hazrat Abu Hurayra Radi Allah Anho ke pass aya, mein ne un se pochha to unhoon ne Hazrat Ibn Abbas radi Allah anho ke qol ki tasdeeq farmai.
Sahih Muslim, Vol 1, Page 1332, Hadees 1630
23: . Imam Muslim records a narration from Abdallah ibn Shaqiq which runs: ‘Ibn Abbas once preached to us after the asr prayer, until the sun set and the stars appeared, and people began to say: "The prayer! The prayer!" A man of the Banu Tamim came up to him and said, constantly and insistently: "The prayer! The prayer!" And Ibn Abbas replied: "Are you teaching me the sunna, you wretch?"’
(Muslim, Salat al-Musafirin, 6.)
24: Moulana Muhammad Ali Jauhar has made the following observations about the Wahhabi Najdi Jamaat: "The hands of Najd and Najdis are red with the blood of Muslims, this is their only achievement. Now too, there are hostilities with the Yemenis and a war is looming."(Maqaalaate Muhammad Ali, Part 1,PP. 37)
25: Ibn jareer kehte hain ke 249 hijri mein najdeen mein aik shakhs zahir howa, us ne khud ko Ali bin Muhammad bin fazal bin hussain bin Abdullah bin abbas bin abi talib zahir kia aur
(Madina ke ain mashraq mein waqiya Bahrain ke darul'hakoomat) hajjar mein logoon ko apni taraf dawat di to ahle hajjar uske pairokar ban gaey jis ki wajah se bahut ziyada larraiyaan,barray barray fitnay aur mutadad jungain hoie
Tareekh ibn kathir 11/21
26: Najd ke ilaqa yamamah mein jab khawarij najdah bin amir hanfi (qabila hanifa ka fard) ke sath zahir hoey,
Najdah kharji ne khawarij ke aqaaid mein izafa kerte hoey kaha ke jo shakhs in ki taraf na aey aur musalmanoon se jung na kray wo bhi kafir hai agerchay aqeeda ke aitbar se wo kharji he q na ho.
Fathul bari, vol 12, page 385
27: Imam Badrud din aini khwarij tamimi per
Ye kharji log najd ke is ilaqa se niklay thy jahan tamimi abad thy.
Umdatul Qari page 490, vol 22
28: Bayan kia jata hai ke ye kalma "la hukmu illallah" sab se pehle banu sa'ad bin zaid bin manat bin tamim ke aik admi ne kaha tha.
Tareekh ibn kathir vol 7, page 292
29: Musaylma kazzab ka fitnah bhi bahut bara fitna tha jo najd mein barpa hua tha. Jis mein 40 hazar najdion ke muqable mein 13 hazar musalman Hazrat Khalid bin walid radi Allah anho ki qayyadat mein niklay aur aroob artadad mein sab se sakht jung najd ki sarzameen per larri gai. 700 sahaba e karam radi Allah anhum ne shahadat paee. Is doran banu hanifa ka aik sardar apni makkari aur chalbazi se kaam lete hoey teh teegh hone se bach gia to jab is ke bach jane ki khabar Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho tak pohanchi to aap ne irshad farmaya "kash ke Khalid bin walid inhain bhi teh teegh ker dete wo qayyamat tak apne kazzaboon ki wajah se musibat mein rahain gym ager ye ke Allah ta'ala un ko bacha le
Shykh Muhammad Abdul wahhab najdi, Mukhtasir seerat Rasool , page 28
30: Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho ne irshad farmaya "kash ke Khalid bin walid inhain
(Banu Hanifa ke Sardar ko) bhi teh teegh ker dete, wo qayyamat tak apne kazzaboon ki wajah se musibat mein rahain gym ager ye ke Allah ta'ala un ko bacha le
Shykh Muhammad Abdul wahhab najdi, Mukhtasir seerat Rasool , page 28
Comment: Is Mein Allah ke peyary banday Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho ne wazeha farma diya ke qayyamat tak Banu Hanifa (Najdi) apne kazzaboon ki wajah se musibat mein rahain gay. Aur banu hanifa Qabeela Rabiyya ki aik shaakh hai. Ab log kahain naa ke Najd Iraq Mein Hai.
31: Banu Tamim Ki Gustakh Aurat
Aik tamimiya aurat se nikah hota hai wo kehti hai ,, aa'uzubillah minka …. Aap farmate hain ke Khuda ki panah mangne wale ko panah hai jao apne ghar jao. Kaha gia ke baz auratoon ne unhain sikhaya tha ke tum ye kehna is se wo khush hongy.
Khulasatul seer, fi ahwaal syed al'bashar Sallallahu alaihe wasallam page 69
32: Ham kehte hain ke Hijaaz ke shehroon ke donoon mashriqoon (shamali aur janoobi) mein Najd ka sheher waqiya hai, iske 2 naam hain , Najd al,hijaaz aur najd al'aariz, yehi se qaramtiya, musaylma kazzab aur wahhabi niklay aur iska darul hakoomat riyaaz hai.
Muhammad Farid Wajdi, daira mu'aarif al'Qur'an al'ashreen , vol 10, page 54, matbooa darul ma'arfa bairut
33: Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko Qatal Misriyoun ne kiya. Lakin Hazrat Usam radi Allah ke chehray per thapr marne wala tamimi tha. Hajjaj ne pocha ke tum kaun ho? Us ne jawab diya umair bin zaabi al'tamimi ….. yehi wo shakhs hai jo Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ke qatal ke bad un ke qareeb aya aur us ne Hazrat usman radi Allah anho ke chehray per thhapar mary, ye sun ker hajjaj ne forum umair bin zabi ke qatal ka hukam diya.
Al'bidaya wan'nahay vol 8 page 20
34: Hazrat Ibn Umer radi Allah Anho se rawayat hai ke Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne irshad farmaya: Qabeela thaqeef Mein aik halakat mein dalne wala shakhs aur aik kazzab hoga.
Jamia Trimdi 3944, 2220
Hazrat Imran Bin Hassain Farmate Hain; "Aqa Ne Is Haal Mein Wafat Paai Ke App Teen Qabiloun Ko Na Pasand Farmate The:
1: QabilaSaqeef
2: bani Hanifa
3: Bani Ummaiya
"Shah Muhadis Hadees Ke Sharah Mein Likhte Hain;
"Qabila Saqeef Mein Zalim Baadshah Hajaj Bin Yousuf Howa Jisne Ne Kam o besh 124000 Muslamoun Ko Qatal KIya,
Aur Bani Hanifa Mein Kazab Howa Jis Ne Nabowat Ka Jhota Dawwa Kiya,
Aur Bani Ummaiyah Se YAZEED Aur Ibne Ziyad Jaise Paida Howe Jis Ne ALE RASOOL Ko Qatal Kiya
Comment: Qabeela Thaqeef aur banu hanifa Madina ke Mashraq Mein aate hain. Aur banu hanifa se Musaylma kazzab aur Saud hai jo Saudi Arabia ko banana wala tha.aur qabeela thaqeef se hujaj bin yousuf aur aik kazzab nikla tha. Aur taif ke liye bhi hadees mein miqaat qarn aya hai.
احادیث عراق اور بنو تمیم کا تعلق
Ahadees Iraq Aur Banu Tamim
اوپر کی بحث سے یہ ثابت ہوچکا ہے کہ نجد یہی نجد ہے جہاں آج سعودی عرب کا دارالحکومت ریاض ہے۔ اس نجد کی حدود ایک طرف یمن سے جا لگتی ہیں تو دوسری طرف شام سے اور ایک طرف مدینہ سے تو دوسری طرف عراق سے جالگتی ہیں۔ اور ثابت ہوچکا کہ اسی نجد سے شیطان کے دو سینگ نکلیں گے۔
اب ہم عراق والی احادیث پر نظر دوڑاتے ہیں
حدیث عراق
· حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَنْظَلَةُ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: يُشِيرُ بِيَدِهِ يَؤُمُّ الْعِرَاقَ: " هَا، إِنَّ الْفِتْنَةَ هَاهُنَا، هَا، إِنَّ الْفِتْنَةَ هَاهُنَا، - ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ مِنْ حَيْثُ يَطْلُعُ قَرْنُ الشَّيْطَانِ " [مسند أحمد ط الرسالة (10/ 391 رقم6302 ) واسنادہصحیح علی شرط الشیخین]
صحابی عبداللہ بن عمر رضی اللہ عنہما سے روایت کرتے ہیں کہ میں اللہ کے رسول صلی اللہ علیہ وآلہ وسلم کو اپنے ہاتھ سے عراق کی طرف اشارہ کرتے ہوئے دیکھا تو آپ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے فرمایا کہ فتنہ یہاں ہے فتنہ یہاں ہے آپ صلی اللہ علیہ وسم نے ایسا تین کہا اورفرمایا یہیں سے شیطان کا سینگ نکلتا ہے۔
`Abdal-Lah Ibn `Umar related that once, he saw the Prophet showing `Iraq with his hand, and saying: "The fitna is here, the fitna is here, the fitna is here, three times, it is from here that will appear the devil's horns,
· Reference:-Musnad-e-Ahmad Vol.10 Page.391 Hadith.6302 , Isnad considered Sahih by the Muhaddith Ahmad Shakir al-Masry
O Allaah bestow your blessings on our Madeenah, and bestow your blessings on our Mecca, and bestow your blessings on our Shaam, and bestow your blessings on our Yemen, and bestow your blessings in our measuring (fee saa'inaa wa muddinaa)." A person said, " O Messenger of Allaah and in our Iraaq" and so he turned away from him and said, "there will occur earthquakes, trials and tribulations and there will appear the horn of Satan."
Shu'ayb al-Arna'ut declares it's isnaad to be saheeh as in his footnotes to 'Sharh as-Sunnah' (14/206-207 fn. 2)
Comment:
In ahadees ki roshni mein sabit hota hai ke fitna iraq se bhi niklay ga. Akhir kiya baat hai ke fitna Najd se bhi niklay ga iraq se bhi niklay ga aur donoon places hain bhi alag alag. In donoon places ka apas mein kiya talluk hai. Woe hamain dhoondna hoga. Is ke liye hamain sab se pehle Hadees o Tareekh Mein Dekhna Parega. Is ke liye Hamain dobara chand reference paish kerne hongay samajhne ke liye.
DEFINATION OF IRAQ
Iraq ka matlab kiya hai pehle ye parh lete hain ta ke ye baat pata chale ke aya is se murad Najd to Nahe Ya koi aur Matlab hai
Defination Of Iraq:
Mashoor iraq kahi shehroon per mushtamil hai. Iraqan bol ker koofa aur basra murad lete hain. Iraq ko iraq is liye kehte hain ke ye iraq al'qurbata se makhooz hai, Mashkeezy ke nichay wala sorakh kharz jissay dohra kiya jata hai. (ke arab ki sar'zameen ki nisbat gehrai mein waqiya hai aur satah samunder ke qareeb hai.
Abul Qasmi Zajaji farmate hain ke ibn ehrabi ne kaha hai ke iraq ko iraq kehne ki asal wajah ye hai ke najd ki nisbat past o nasheet ilaqa hai aur samunder ke qareeb hai. Ye iraq al'qurbata se makhooz hai yanni mashkeezay ka nichay wala soraakh.
Alama Yaqoot Hamwi, Ma'jum Al'baldan, Page 93
Comment: Iraq ki definition parhne se pata chala ke ye to nichi zameen ko kehte hain. Iraqan bol ker koofa aur basra murad lete hain matlab koofa aur basra ki zameen satah samunder ke qareeb ter hai. Nichi zameen hai jab ke Najd ke meaning ubhri hoi zameen oonchi hight wali zameen hai. To ye to sabit howa ke najd aur iraq ka apas mein koi talluk nahe. Iraq Iraq Hai Aur Najd Najd hai. Is per koi doosri roy nahe hai.
کوفہ اور بصرہ کی آبادی کب ہوئی اور انکے دور فاروقی سے پہلے کیا نام تھے
Koofa Aur Basra Ki Abadi Kab Hoi Aur Inke daur e farooqi se pehle kiya naam thy?
Yaad rahe basra aur koofa pehle abad nhe the.
Koofa Ka daur e farooqi se pehle ka naam
Sar'zameen e koofa ko iski abadkari se pehle soristan ka naam diya jata tha. (majum al'baldan)
Issay daur e farooqi mein basaya gia (Tareekh islam 354)
Basra ka Purana Naam
Basra ko iski abadkari se pehle arz al'hind ke naam se pukara jata tha.
(al'bidaya wan'nihaya 7/49
Comment: is se hamain pata chala ke koofa aur basra mein ya to abadi nahe thi ya phir bahut kam thi. Jis ki wajah se in 2 shehroon ko Hazrat Umer Radi Allah anho Ne basaya.
Ab dekhna hai ke in new cities mein kaun se log aa ker bas gaey thy.
Koofa Aur Basra Ki Abadi Mein Banu Tamim Ka Kitna Percentage tha?
کوفہ اور بصرہ کی آبادی میں بنو تمیم کی کتنے لوگ آباد تھے؟
Basra Ki Abadi Mein Banu Tamim Ka Percentage
Daur e farooqi mein basra ke 7 hissoon mein se 2 hissoon mein banu tamim abad ho gaey.
Alama hamwi likhte hain ke: in barray mehloon mein 2 khareeba mein thy aik zabooqa mein aur 2 banu tamim mein
(Majum al'baldan 1/432)
Is hisab se basra ke kul abadi ka ka 28 feesad tamimi thy
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya 6/347)
Koofa Ki Abadi Mein Banu Tamim Ka Percentage
Koofa ki abadi ke mutaliq likhte hain ke: koofa ki abadi mein 50 hazar ghar rabbiya aur mudar qabeeloon ke thy aur 24 hazar baqi saray arab ke aur Yemen waloon ke 6 hazar thy.
(majum Al'baldan 4/492)
aur koofa ki kul abadi ka 62 feesad rabbiya wa mudar ke najdi thy. Phir in mein aksariyat banu tamim ki thi.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya 6/347)
Comment:
Koofa ki abadi mein 62 feesad Rabiyya aur Mudar ke Najdi Thy phir in mein bhi aksariyat banu tamim kit hi. Yahan aa ker pata chalta hai ke Najd Aur Iraq Mein Apas Mein Kiya Talluk Hai. Kion ke Jin Qabeeloon Se Shaitan Ke Seeng nikalne ki nishandehi ki gai thi woe Iraq Pohanch gaey thy. Isi liye Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Allah ke diya ilm ghaib se hamain agah farma diya donoon jaghoon ka aur un qabeeloon ka jin se fitna nikalna tha.
Ab ham Zara Qabeela Mudar Ka Qabl Az Islam Record Dekh Lain.
BANI MUDAR KA QABL AZ ISLAM IKHLAQI HAAL
بنی مضر کے قبل از اسلام اخلاقی حالات
Agerchay Quraish ko Makkah mein aik gona Hakoomat Hasil ho gai aur qabail e Mudar atraaf o jawanib Mumalik ko Shaam O Iraq mein aur kuch hijaaz mein bhi muntashir o mutafariq ho gaey aur baz in mein badiya nasheen o khana badosh ho gaey, aur baz asbaab e ishrat aur samaan e tumaddun ki farahmi mein masroof howe, Kabhi ye Fars o Room se Iraq O Shaam ke Maidanoon Mein Larrte Nazar Ate Thy aur kabhi apni hadood ki hifazat ki gharz se apni qaum ko jamah ker ke ahle Iraq o Shaam se Muqabla kerte dekhai dete thy. In larraiyoun mein aur khoon raiziyoun mein kabhi ye maghloob ho ker kharaj guzari per majboor ho jate thy lakin jab kabhi phir koi moqa hath aa jata tha to kharaaj guzari ata'at e shahi se Mun'harif ho ker mukhalifat ker baithte thy. Algharz thanday kalejay na ye khud pani peete thy aur na peene dete thy. Hamesha shahaan e Iraq o Shaam ko istisaal fasaad o itfa naira fitna mein rehna parta tha.
TAREEKH IBN KHALDOON VOL 1 PAGE 31
Comment:
Is se clear hogia ke qabeela Mudar mein aane wale log bahut jhagraloo aur fitnah parwar thy, na khud chain se jeety thy na kisi ko chain se jeene dete thy.aur in ki fitrat mein tha hakoomatoon ke khilaaf baghawat kerna aur jungain kerna.
Ab Kuch Ahadees share kerte hain khawarij ke hawalay se.
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khadri Radi Allah Anho farmate hain ke Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho se Yemen se Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein chamrray ke thailay mein bher ker kuch sona bheja, jis se abi tak matti bhi saaf nhe ki gait hi. Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne wo sona 4 admiyoun mein ayainya bin badr, iqra bin haabis, zaid bin khail aur chothy alaqma ya amir bin tufail ke darmiyan taqseem farma diya. Is per Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke as'haab mein se kisi ne kaha: in logoon se to ham ziyada haqdar thy.
Jab ye baat Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam tak pohanchi to Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: kiya tum mujhe amanatdaar shumaar nhe kerte? Halanke Aasman waloon ke nazdeek to mein amen hoon. Is ki khabrain to mere pass subah shaam aati rehti hain.
Ravi ka bayan hai ke phir aik admi (zawil khawaisira tamimi) kharra ho gia "jis ki ankhain ander ko dhansi hoi, rukhsaar ki hadiyaan ubhri hoi, oonchi paishani, gani darhi, sar munda hua tha aur wo ooncha tehband bandhy hoey tha, wo kehne laga : Ya Rasoolallah! Allah se darain,
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: tu halaak ho, kiya mein tamam ahle zameen se ziyada khuda se darna ka mustahiq nhe hoon? Jab wo admi jany ke liye moorra to Hazrat Khalid bin waleed Radi Allah Anho ne arz kiya: Ya Rasoolallah! Mein is ki gardan na urra doon?
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: aisa na kro shayad ye namazi ho, Hazrat Khalid Radi Allah Anho ne arz kiya: bahut se aise namazi bhi to hain ke jo kuch in ki zuban per hota hai wo dil mein nhe hota.
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Mujhe ye hukam nhe diya gia ke logoon ke diloon mein naqb lagaoon aur un ke pait chalk kroon. Ravi ka bayan hai ke wo palta to Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne phir us ki janib dekha to farmaya: Is ki pusht se aise log paida hoongy jo Allah ki kitab ki talawat se zuban ter rakhain gay, lakin Quran in ke halq se neechay nhe utray ga. Deen se is tarah nikal jaeen gay jaise teer shikaar se paar nikal jata hai. Mera khayal hai ke Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne ye bhi farmaya tha ke ager mein in logoon ko paoon to qom e thamood ki tarah in ka qatal kroon.
Sahih Bukhari, 1581/4, Hadees 4094
Sahih Muslim 742/2, Hadees 1046
Hazrat Saeed Khadree radi Allah anho ne farmaya: Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ne Yemen matti mein mila hua thorra sa sona Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein bheja to Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne issay iqra bin habis jo bani majasheh ka aik fard tha aur ayaiyna bin badr fazari ,alqama bin alatha aamri, jo Bani kalaab se tha aur zaid al'khail ta'i, jo bani nib'haan se tha in charoon ke darmiyan taqseem farma diya. Is per Quraish aur Ansaar ne narazgi ko narazgi hoi aur unhoon ne kaha ke AHLE NAJD ke sardaroon ko maal dete hain aur hamain nazar'andaz kerte hain.
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: mein to un ki taleef qalb ke liye kerta hoon. Isi asna mein aik shakhs aya jis ki ankhain ander ko dhansi hoi, aur paishani ubhri hoi, darhi ganni, gaal phoolay hoey aur sar munda howa tha aur us ne kaha :
Aey Muhammad! Allah se daro, Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Allah ta'ala ki ata'at kerne wala kaun hai? Ager mein us ki nafarmani kerta hoon halanke us ne mujhe zameen waloon per amen banaya hai aur tum mujhe amen nhe mantay.
To sahaba mein se aik shakhs ne ussay qatal kerne ki ijazat mangi mere khayal mein wo Khalid bin waleed Radi Allah Anho thy to Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne unhain mana farma diya.
(aur abu na'eem ki rawayat mein hai ke " us shakhs ne kaha: aey Muhammad! Allah se daro aur adal kro,
to Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam : aasman waloon ke haan mein imanatdar hoon aur tum mujhe amen nhe samajhte? To Hazrat Abu Bakr Sadeeq Radi Allah Anho ne arz kiya: Ya Rasoolallah! Mein is ki gardan kaat doon? Farmaya: haan, so wo gaey to ussay namaz parhte hoey paya, to (wapas palat aey aur) Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein hazir ho ker arz kiya: mein ne ussay namaz parhte paya (is liye qatal nhe kiya) to kisi doosry sahabi ne arz kiya: mein us ki gardan kaat doon?)
Jab wo chala gia to Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: is shakhs ki nasal se aisi qom paida hogi ke wo log Qur'an parhain gay lakin un ke halaq se nichay nhe utray ga, wo islam se is tarah nikal jaeen gay jaise teer shikar se nikal jata hai, wo but parastoon ko chhorr ker musalmanoon ko qatal krain gay. Ager mein inhain paoon to qom e aad ki tarah zaroor inhain qatal kroon
Sahih Bukhari 2702/6, raqm 6995 Wa fi 1219/3, raqm 3166
Sahih Muslim 741/2, raqm 1064
Ahmad Bin Humble fil musnad 68/3,73, raqm 11666,11713
Sar mundaey hoon gay ya sar mundana hai
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khadi radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Mashraq ki janib se kuch log niklain gay ke wo Qur'an parhain gay magar wo un ke galoon se nichaey nhe utray ga. Wo deen se is tarah nikal jaeen gay jaise teer shikar se paar nikal jata hai aur phir wo deen mein wapis nhe aaeen gay jab tak teer apni jagah per wapis na laut aaey. Daryaft kiya gia ke un ki nishani kia hogi?
Farmaya Unki nishani sar mundana hai ya farmaya: sar mundaey rakhna hai.
Aur muslim ki rawayat mein hai: "Yusair bin umroo kehte hain ke mein ne sahal bin hanif radi Allah anho se pochha : kiya aap ne Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se khawarij ka zikr suna hai?
Unhoon ne farmaya: haan! Mein ne suna hai aur apne hath se mashraq ki taraf ishara ker ke kaha kaha: wo
(wahan se niklain gay aur) apni zubanoon se Qur'an parhain gay magar wo un ke halq se nhe utray ga aur deen se aise nikal jaeen gay jaise teer shikaar se paar nikal jata hai"
Sahih Bukhari 2748/6, raqm 7123
Sahih Muslim 750/2, Hadees 1068
Ahmad Bin Humble Musnad 64/3, Hadees 11623,486/3
Ibn Abi Shaiba Musannaf 563/7 Hadees 37397
Hazrat abu saeed khadri radi Allah anho se marwi hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne aik qaum ka zikr kiya jo Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki Ummat mein paida hogi, us ka zahoor us waqt hoga jab logoon mein firqa bandi ho jaey gi. Un ki alamat sar mundana hogi aur wo makhlooq mein sab se bad'ter (ya bad'tareen) hoon gay, aur inhain 2 jamatoon mein se wo jama'at qatal kray gi jo haq ke ziyada qareeb hogi, Phir Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne un logoon ki aik misaal bayan farmai ke jab admi kisi shikar ya nishana ko teer marta hai to par dekhta hai us mein kuch asar nhe hota aur teer ki lakri ko dekhta hai aur wahan bhi aser nhe hota, phir is hissa ko dekhta hai jo teer andaz ki chutki mein hota hai to wahan bhi kuch aser nhe pata.
Sahih Muslim 745/2, Hadees 1065
Ahmad Bin Humble Musnad 5/3, Hadees 11031
Abdullah bin Ahmad fis'sunnah 622/2, Hadees1482
Isnaad sahih
Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho rawayat kerte hain ke mein ne Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko ye fermatay hoey suna ke anqareeb akhri zamanay mein aise log zahir hoon gay ya niklain gay jo no'umer aur aqal se koray hoongay wo Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki ahadees bayan krain gay lakin imaan in ke apne halq se nichaey nhe utray ga. Deen se wo youn kharij hoon gay jaise teer shikar se kharij ho jata hai, pas tum inhain jahan kahain pao to qatal ker dena kiyoun ke in ko qatal kerne waloon ko qayamat ke din thawab milay ga.
Imam abu Issa trimdi ne apni sunnan mein is hadees ko bayan kerne ke ba'd farmaya: ye rawayat Hazrat Ali, Hazrat Abu Saeed aur Hazrat Abu Zar Radi Allah Anhum se bhi marvi hai aur ye hadees hasan sahih hai. Is hadees ka ilawa bhi Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se rawayat kiya gia hai ke:
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: jab ke aik aisi qaum zahir hogi jis mein ye osaaf hoon gay jo Quran e Majeed ko talawat kerte hoon gay lakin wo in ke halqoon se nichay nhe utrain ga, wo log deen se is tarah kharij hoon gay jis tarah teer shikar se kharij ho jata hai. Beshak wo khawarij harooriya hoon gay aur is ke alawa khawarij mein se (digger firqoon per mushtamil) log hoon gay.
Sahih Bukhari 2539/6, raqm 6531
Sahih Muslim 746/2, raqm 1066
Sunnan Trimdi 481/4, raqm 2188
Comment: In Ahadees Mein Chand Aham Point Hain Jin Per Ghaur Kerne Ki Zaroorat Hai. Aeye un Points Ko Dekhte Hain:
1: rukhsaar ki hadiyaan ubhri hoi, oonchi paishani, gani darhi, sar munda hua tha aur wo ooncha tehband bandhy hoey tha
Answer: Ye Gustakh Najd Ke Bani Tamim Ke Qabeelay Ka Tha. Ager Aj Ke daur Mein Aisa Insan Dekhna ho in khasoosiyat wala to Aap Shykh Tauseef Ur Rahman Ko Dekh Ke Uski yaad taza ker sakte hain. Iski bhi rukhsar ki hadiyan ubhri hoi aur paishani oonchi, Gani darhi aur ooncha tehband
3: Is ki pusht se aise log paida hoongy jo Allah ki kitab ki talawat se zuban ter rakhain gay, lakin Quran in ke halq se neechay nhe utray ga.
is shakhs ki nasal se aisi qom paida hogi ke wo log Qur'an parhain gay lakin un ke halaq se nichay nhe utray ga
Answer: Ubaidallah bin abi rafeh mola ne mujhe bataya ke harooriya ne jab kharooj kiya to wo hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ke sath thy. Unhoon ne kaha "LA HUKMU ILLALLAH" Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho ne farmaya kalma haq se batil muraad liya ja raha hai, bilashuba Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne logoon ki siffat bayan ki hai aur mein un ki siffat ko in logoon mein pata hoon, wo kehte hain ke haq in ki zubanoon per hai aur wo is se tajawoz nhe kray ga. Aap ne halq ki taraf ishara kia. Aur in mein se badtar shakhs siyah faam shakhs hai jis ka aik hath bakri ke sir pastan ya pastan ki bhutni ki tarah hai …..,,,,,,,,,,,, full rawayat ke liye reference:
l'bidayah wan'nahay vol 7 page 387
Comment: Aaj ager ahle hadees aur salafiyoun aur wahhabiyoun ko dekhain to woe bhi Qur'an bayan kerte hain aur us se ghalat taweelat lete hain aur musalmanoon ko mushrik qarar dete hain.
4: AHLE NAJD ke sardaroon Ko Maal Dete Hain
Answer: Aap Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya ke:
Mein kisi shakhs ko is khauf se de deta hoon ke kahi wo mu ke bal jahannam mein na gira diya jaey halanke is ke alawa doosra shakhs Mujhe Ziyada mehboob hota hai.,
Full hadees ke liye reference:
Sahih Muslim vol 1 page 736, Hadees 2430
Comment: is se pata chala ke Najd Ke logoon ka imaan kamzor tha is liye un ko maal e ghanimat mein se ziyada hissa diya gia. Aur jin ko maal e ghanimat di gai thi un mein se aik ya 2 as'haab bad mein murtid ho gaey thy. So Allah ke Rasool sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ka farman sach sabit howa.aue ye bhi sabit howa ke jis ne gustakhi ki thi woe bhi najd bani tamim ka tha aur jin ke imaan kamzor thy woe bhi najd ke thy.
5: wo but parastoon ko chhorr ker musalmanoon ko qatal krain gay
Answer:
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke sahabi Hazrat Abdullah bin khabab radi Allah anho ko kharjiyoun ne qaid ker liya aur aap ki haamla biwi bhi aap ke sath thien. Unhoon (kharjiyoun) ne pocha aap kaun hain?
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ka sahabi Abdullah Bin Khabbab tum ne mujhe khauf zada kiya(kharjion se kaha)
Unhoon ne kaha aap per koi khauf nhe, aap ham se wo baat bayan krain jo aap ko aap ke baap ne bayan ki.
Aap ne farmaya ke mein ne apne baap ko bayan kerte hoey suna ke mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko bayan kerte suna ke :
"anqareeb aik fitnah hoga jis mein baithne wala kharray hone wale se, aur kharra hone wala chalne wale se, aur chalne wala dorrne wale se behter hoga. To unhoon ne aap ko hath se pakarr ker khhaincha, is doran aap un ke sath chal rahe thy achanak un ke aik admi ko aik zimmi ka khanzeer mila to us ne ussay talwar maar ker us ka chamrra cheer diya,
To doosry ne ussay kaha tu ne zimmi ke khanzeer se aisa kiyoun kiya?
To wo zimmi ke pass chala gia aur us ne is ke liye ussay
(khajoor ko) jaiz qarar diya. Aur is ne ussay razi ker diya.
Aur isi doran mein ke aap un ke sath thy achanak khajoor ke darakht se aik khajoor nichay giri to in mein se aik shakhs ne ussay apne mu mein daal liya to doosry ne issay kaha baghair ijazat aur baghair qeemat ke?
Tu us ne khajoor ko apne mu se phhaink diya. Aur is ke sath he unhoon ne aa ker Hazrat Abdullah bin khabab radi Allah Anho ko zabah (garden kaat di) ker diya aur aap ki biwi ke pass bhi aaey tu us ne kaha mein aik haamla aurat hoon, kiya tum Allah se nhe darte? Unhoon ne issay bhi zabah ker diya aur is ka pait phharr ker is ka bacha nikal diya.
Al.bidaya Wan'nahaya Vol 7 Page 376/377
Comment: Tareekh gawah hai ibn wahhab aur uske sathi saud ne apni talwar sirf musalmanoon per uthai hai kabhi kisi non muslim ke khilaaf in ka hath nhe uthha hai. Abi haal he mein he in Saudi kharjiyoun ne libya ki aik muslim riyasat ke khilaaf dehshatgardoon ki Natto aur America ki madad se baghawat barpa ker di aur wahan musalmanoon ka qatl e aam kiya. Is se pehle Saudi kharjiyon ne America ki madad se Iraq ke muslim mulk ko tabah o barbad ker diya. Aur in dinoon Saudi kharji iraq mein dehshatgardoon ki madad ker ke shaam Syria mein baghawat kra rahe hain. Aur doosri taraf America ko isharay de rahe hain ke woe iran per hamla ker de. Aur doosri taraf aaj tak Saudi Arabia ke kharjiyoun ne aaj tak philistine ki kabhi weapon se na madad ki na apne log wahan jahad ke liye bhejay. Is se kharji zehniyat ka pata chalta hai. Aur abi Pakistan mein najd ke shykh tauseef ur rahman ne kaha hai ke Kashmir ka jahad kuffer ki jung hai aur us ne kaha ke data darbar shirk ka markaz hai. Asan lafzoon mein is ne butparastoon ko chhorr diya aur musalmanoon per hath uthha liya.
6: Mashraq ki janib se kuch log niklain gay
Abdullah bin dhil khawaysra Madina ke mashraq ki wadi najd ke banu tamim ke qabeelay se nikla tha aur kharjiyoun ke sardaroon mein abu bilal mirdas bhi shamil tha. Aur kharjiyoun ko bani tamim ne welcome kiya tha.
7: Farmaya Unki nishani sar mundana hai ya farmaya: sar mundaey rakhna hai
Ibn wahhab apne pairokaroon ke sar mundata tha hatta ke woe auratoon ke sar mundane ki koshish kerta tha jis per aik aurat ne usko ye keh ker la'jawab ker diya tha ke mardoon ki darhyaan bhi mundwa do kion ke auratoon ke sar ke baal mardoon ki darhyoun ki manind hote hain
8: us ka zahoor us waqt hoga jab logoon mein firqa bandi ho jaey gi
Aur ye group tab nikla tha jab Hazrat Ali Aur Hazrat Ameer Muawiya radi Allah anhum ke darmiyan firqa bandi hoi thi to is group ne kharooj kiiya tha. Aur ye ussi ki pusht aur dost thy jis ne gustakhi ki thi matlab zil khwaisra tamimi ki nasal se
8: inhain 2 jamatoon mein se wo jama'at qatal kray gi jo haq ke ziyada qareeb hogi,
Hazrat ali radi Allah anho ne in ko ahle iraq ke sath mil ker qatal kiya tha. Aur ahle iraq wali jama'at he haq ke ziyada qareeb thi aur Hazrat Ali ka markazi koofa tha. Aur ahle iraq aur koofa waloon ne kharjiyoun shaitan ke seengoon ko qatal kiya tha to yahan un logoon ka dawah ghalat sabit ho jata hai ke Koofa he najd hai jahan se fitnay niklain gay jab ke koofa, ahle iraq ne fitnoon ka khatma kia tha.
9: anqareeb akhri zamanay mein aise log zahir hoon gay ya niklain gay jo no'umer aur aqal se koray hoongay
Aaj kal salafi, wahhabi, ahle hadees isi zumray mein ate hain kion ke in ki aksariyat young logoon per mushtamil hai jo apne waldain ko mushrik kehte hain aur ahadees ki ghalat taweelain kerte hain aur kehte hain ke Qur'an o Hadees khud parho scholars ne jo books likhi hain un ko na parho kion ke woe sahih nhe hain.
10: ahadees bayan krain gay lakin imaan in ke apne halq se nichaey nhe utray ga
Aaj kal aik firqa nikla howa hai jo sirf Qur'an o Hadees ki baat kerta hai. Aur is firqay ka bacha bacha azeem ulma ki tasdeeq ki gai sahih hadees ko bhi dhaeef aur fabricated qarar deta hai. Aur in se koi bhi baat krain gy to ye hadees ki kitaboon se hawale dene lagte hain. Isi wajah se is firqay ne apna naam he ahle hadees rakh liya hai
Ibn kathir likhte hain:
Jab hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ke khilaaf ye log apne bughaz o inaad ka izhaar ker rahe thy. Wo waqiya youn paish aya ke is doran aik kharji kharra hogia is ne apne kanoon mein ungliyan dal ker ye ayat karima parhna shuru ker di aur beshak wahi ki gai tumari taraf aur tum se agloon ki taraf ke aey Sunne wale ager tu ne Allah ka shareek kiya to zaroor tera sab kiya dhara zaiya ho jaey ga aur zaroor tu khasaray mein rahe ga.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 292
Comment: khawarij ne Ma'azallah Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ko shirk se bachane ke liye ye ayaat parhi jaise un ko Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ke imaan per shak tha. Aaj bhi musalmanoon ka aik tola jisay ahle hadees/salafi/wahhabi kehte hain woe aaj bhi musalmanoon ko aisi ayaat sunate hain aur un ko shirk kerne wala samajh kr shirk se bachane ki koshish kerte hain aur her baat chahay sunnat he ho usko ye shirk kehte hain. Chahay Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke waseelay se dua mangi jaey to bhi isko shirk kehte hain ye
Final Comment On Iraq:
Najd Se Bani Tamim Ka dhul khawaysra Tamimi nikla jis ke hawalay se farmaya gia ke Woe Qur'an parhain gay lakin in ke galoon se nichay nhe utray ga. Phir jab tehkeem per majboor kerne wale bhi bani tamim ke he log thy aur tehkeem ho jane ke ba'd is per objection ker ke kharooj kerne wale bhi banu tamim ke he log thy jinhoon ne "la hukmu illallah" ka nara lagaya. Aur Hadees e najd aur Hadees e iraq sach sabit hoi aur ye sach sabit howa ke Banu Mudar Aur Banu Rabiyya he ki shakhoon ne Najd Aur Iraq Mein fitnay paida kiye.Qur'an ki Ghalat Taweel Ki Aur Hazrat ali aur Hazrat usman radia Allah anhum ko kafir aur bidati qarar diya. Aaj bhi dekha jaey to in ke pairokar ahle hadees,salafi,wahhabiya ki surat mein mojood hain jo musalmanoon ko mushrik, qabar parast, bidati qarar dete hain, aur in ke maal o asbab ko lootna jaiz samajhte hain. Ye log butparastoon ke khilaaf jahad ko kuffer ki jung qarar dete hain lakin musalmanoon ko mushrik qarar de ker un per aslah utha lete hain… aaj ki khabr hai ke gulf countries specially Saudi Arabia iraq mein dehshatgardoon kharjiyoun ko tarbiyat de raha hai jo iraq mein khudkush bomb blast kerte hain aur Syria ke khilaf musallah baghawat ker rahe hain.
Banu Tamim Iraq Pohanch Gai
Mas'har bin fadki tamimi aur zaid bin hasain tai tham sabai ne un qara' ki jamat ke sath jo un ke sath thi aur us ke ba'd wo khawarij ban gaey thy. Aap se kaha: Aey Ali! Jab Aapko kitab Allah ki Taraf bulaya jaey to uska jawab diya kro wagerna ham aap ko sab kuch samait un logoon ki taraf dakail dain gay ya ham aap ke sath wo salook krain gy jo ham ne (Usman) Ibn afaan ke sath kiya tha.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 358
Tamimi iraq pohanch gaey
Ashtar ne hamla ker ke Abdullah bin al'munzar tanokhi ko qatal kr diya. Jo ahle shaam ke sawaroon mein se tha issay aik iraqi ne qatal ker diya jissay zabiyan bin amarat tamimi kaha jata
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 337
Comment: bani tamim ke log iraq pohanch gaey thy
MUTAFARAQ SAWALAAT O JAWABAT
Salafi Daleel
Saheeh Muslim [041:chapter 14 Hadith no.6943]
Saalim bin Abdullaah bin Umar said: O people of Iraaq, how strange is it that you ask about the minor sins but commit the major sins? [The killing of al-Husayn] I heard my father, Abdullaah bin
Umar narrating that he heard the Messenger of Allaah, sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, saying while pointing his hand to the east: "Indeed the turmoil would come from this side, from where appear the horns of Satan and you would strike the necks of one another..."
Sunni Reply
Is Hadees Mein Ahle Iraq ko taba'ee Saalim Raheemullah ne Mukhatib Kia hai aur kaha hai ke tum chhotay gunahoon ka pochhte ho jab ke barray gunah kerte ho. Phir woe agay Hazrat Abdullah bin Umer radi Allah anho se sunni hoi hadees e mubarka bayan kerte hain ke Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Mashraq ki taraf hath ker ke farmaya ke fitnah wahan se nikle ga jahan se shaitan ke seeng zahir hote hain…….. yahan aik baat kehna chahta hoon ke aik taraf Salim Raheemullah taba'ee ko logoon ne apne pass se sahabi bana diya hai. Aur doosri taraf yehi log aik aur Taba'ee Hazrat Imam abu hanifa per ilzamat aur tohmatoon ki barish kerte hain aur un ko ahlul roy kehte hain aur doosri taraf aik taba'ee ko sahabi bana ker logoon ko bewaqoof bana rahe hain… kiya ye khulli munafqat nahe hai aise logoon ki.
Yahan mein Saalim Raheemullah ke isharay Hazrat Imam Hussain radi Allah anho ke qatal ki wazahat Tareekh ki mustanad kitaboon ke hawalay se wazeha kerta hoon
Qatleen E Hussain Kaun aur Kis Qabeelay ke thy aur kis qabeely ke logoon ne Hazrat Imam Hussain Radi Allah anho ko qatal kerne ka paigham laya:
HADEES
"60 Hijri Se Allah Ki Panah Mango Aur Bacho Ke Hukmrani Ke"
{Albadaiyah O Alnahiyah:8/31}
"Is Hadees Mein Ishara Hai Ke Un Larkoun Mein Sub Se Phele Larka 60 Hijri Mein Hoga.Woh Hi Howa,Kyoun Ke Yazeed Bin Maawiya 60 Mein Khalifa Bana Aur 64 Tak Baqi Raha Phir Mar Gaya"
{Fatha Ul Bari:13/8}
Hazrat Imran Bin Hassain Farmate Hain; "Aqa Ne Is Haal Mein Wafat Paai Ke App Teen Qabiloun Ko Na Pasand Farmate The:
1: QabilaSaqeef
2: bani Hanifa
3: Bani Ummaiya
"Shah Muhadis Hadees Ke Sharah Mein Likhte Hain;
"Qabila Saqeef Mein Zalim Baadshah Hajaj Bin Yousuf Howa Jisne Ne Kam o besh 124000 Muslamoun Ko Qatal KIya,
Aur Bani Hanifa Mein Kazab Howa Jis Ne Nabowat Ka Jhota Dawwa Kiya,
Aur Bani Ummaiyah Se YAZEED Aur Ibne Ziyad Jaise Paida Howe Jis Ne ALE RASOOL Ko Qatal Kiya
60 hijri mein yazeed hukamran tha aur yehi qatleen e Hussain tha Kion ke Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Banu umayya ko nasapnd farmaya, aur muhadseen ne yazeed aur ibn ziyad ko iski wajah qarar diya. Ager ye qatleen Hussain radi Allah anho na hote to is qabeela ko napasand kion kiya jata? Koi wajah to hoti hai naa!
ab ham kuch aur sabot paish kerte hain :
Imam Hussain radi Allah anho Ahle Iraq ke likhne per 10 dhul hajj ko apne ahle ka aik groh sath le ker jis mein chand mard, auratain aur bachay thy, koofa ko rawana hoey. Idher Yazeed ne Iraq ke hakim Ubaidullah bin ziyad ko aap se jung kerne ka hukam diya to us ne Umer bin Sa'ad bin abi waqas ke zair kamaan 4000 hazar lashkar rawana kiya…… … Khuda aap ke qaatil ibn ziyad aur yazeed per lannat kray.
Tareekh-Ul-Khulafa Page 298
Hussain radi Allah anho ke Qatal ka Paigham Lane Wali Bani Tamim Ki Aurat
Hasain bin numair ne bayan kiya hai ke saeed bin ubaid ne mujh se bayan kiya hai ke ham umer bin sa'ad ke sath pani mein naha rahay thy ke achanak is ke pass aik admi aya aur usne us se sargoshi ki aur us ne us se kaha ke ibn ziyad ne jaweriya bin badar tamimi ko bheja hai aur ussay hukam diya hai ke ager tu ne un (hussain) logoon ke sath jung na ki to wo tujhe qatal ker de.
Al.bidaya wan.nahaya, vol 8, page 222.
(yaad rhe k ibn ziyad ne ibn sa'ad ko qatal krne ka hukam diya aur aik khaas baat ke yahan bhi hukam lane wali bani tamim ki aurat thi…Hazrat imam hussain radi Allah anho ko aik shakhs jis ko hassain bin tamim kaha jata tha aap ke taloo mein teer maar ker chheed ker diya)
Hussain Radi Allah Anho Per Qatlana Hamlay Kerne Wale Tamimi
zarhat bin shareek tamimi ne Hazrat Hussain radi Allah anho ke baeen (left shoulder) kandhay per talwar maari aur daeen kandhay(right shoulder) per bhi talwar maari phir wo apko chhorr ker wapis chale gay.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 8, Page 241
Bani tamim ke aik shakhs jissay umroo al'tehri kaha jata tha us ne Hazrat imam ke donon kandhoon ke darmiyaan teer mara aur mein us teer ko aap ke kandhon ke darmiyan aap ke jubbay ke sath latka hoey dekh raha hoon
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 8, Page 223
Comment: is se sabit howa ke beshak Imam Hussain radi Allah anho ki shahadat iraq mein hoi lakin in ko qatal kerne wale bani umayya aur banu tamim ke log thy.
Kuch log Hazrat Ali Radi Allah anho ki shahadat ka charcha barra kerty hain lakin asli fact nahe bataty ke un ko qatal krne ka mansooba banany wale kaun thy aur kis ne unko shaheed kiya
Hazrat Ali Ko Qatal kerne ka plan banana wale kaun aur kahan ke thy?
3 kharjion abdur rahman bin umroo al'maroof ibn maljam al'hameeri thummal kindi, haleef bani hanifa
Min kundatul misri, jo gandum goooon, khu'baroo, hans much, jis ke baal us ke kanoon ki loo tak thy aur us ke cheray per sajda ke nishan tha.
Alberk bin Abdullah tamimi
aur Umroo bin bakr tamimi ne ikathay ho kr aapas mein is baat ka tazkara kiya ke Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho ne un ke bhaiyoun ko jo ahle Neherwaan mein se thy' qatal kia hai.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 7, Page 426.
Salafi Daleel Dajjal ke baray mein
He(Dajjal) would appear on the way between Syria and Iraq and would spread mischief right and left.
(sahih Muslim Book 41, Number 7015)
Imaam Nawawee mentions that one of the greatest trials to appear from the East will be the appearance of the Dajjaal.
[Sharh Saheeh Muslim 2/29]
Sunni Reply:
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Agah raho! Dajjal Shaam ya Yemen ke samunder mein mojood hai. (phir farmaya) nahe nahe balke woe Mashraq ki taraf hai, woe mashraq ki taraf hai, phir Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne apne hath Mubarak se Mashraq Ki Taraf ishara farmaya.
Sahih Muslim, kitab al'malaham,baab qissatul jasamah
Hadees:
Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho rawayat kerte hain ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne hamain agah farmaya "Dajjal Mashraq ki Sarzameen se niklay ga jis ka naam Khurasan hai. chamra bhari dahaloon wale uske sath hoon gay. Sahih Hadees ibn Majah
Kitab al'fittan, Baab fitna dajjal wa kharooj issa bin maryam 3292/2
Hadees
Hazrat Anas bin Malik radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya ke (Iran Ke Sheher) Isfahan ke 70 hazar yahodi kali chadrain orhay howy dajjal ka sath dain gay.
Sahih Muslim, kitab al'fittan wa sharatus sa'at, Baab Zikr Dajjal
Imaam Nawawee mentions that one of the greatest trials to appear from the East will be the appearance of the Dajjaal.
[Sharh Saheeh Muslim 2/29]
Hazrat Abu Hurayra Radi Allah Anho se Rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Farmaya: Imaan Yemeni Hai Aur Kuffer Mashraqi hai, Bakriyoun waloon ke liye Sakoon o Itminaan Hai Jab ke oont aur gorray waloon mein takabbur, gharoor aur darushtagi Pai Jati Hai Aur dajjal jab ohad (Madina ke Mashriq) ke peechhay pohanchay ga To farishtay us ka Rukh shaam ki taraf Morr Dain gay, Jahan wo halak hoga. Ye hadees Sahih Hai
Jami'a Trimdi Vol 2, Page 139 Hadees 124
Comment: Subhaan Allah is hadees mein mashraq aur bhi clear ho gia hai ke dajjal mashraq ki sar'zameen khurasan se niklay ga aur phir iran se 70000 yahodi Isfahan ke sheher se us ke sath niklain gay phir woe Madina ke mashraq ohad ke paharr ke peechay pohanchay ga yanni Mashraq se najd ki taraf se aey ga phir usko farishtay uska rukh morr dain gay aur woe shaam ki taraf chala jaey ga.
Comment: ab Imaam Nawawee Ka qaul clear hogia ke woe kis east ki baat bayan ker rahe thy. Khurasan mashraq mein ata hai phir Isfahan bhi mashraq mein ata hai. Khurasan se nikal ke Isfahan ke yahodiyoun ke sath mil ker tabahi machaey ga.
Doosray Tarikay se Reply:
Hadees:
Hazrat Abu Hurayra radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Farmaya ke "Kana Dajjal Mashraq (khurasan) ki taraf se aaeye ga. Is ka maqsad Madinah Munawra aane ka hoga. Woe ohad paharr ke peechhay tak aaey ga phir Farishtay iska Rukh Shaam ki taraf Phair Dain Gay aur wohe halaak hoga.
Sahih Muslim kitab al'haj,baab siyanatul Madina Min Dakhool al'taoon wal'dajjal ilaiha
Hadees
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya "Makkah aur Madinah ke siwa her sheher ko dajjal rond dale ga in (Makkah aur Madinah) ki her gaati per saf basta farishtay kharray hoon gay, jo in ki hifazat krain gay Phir Madina ki zameen 3 Martaba kaanpay gi, jis se her aik kaafir aur munafiq ko Allah Ta'ala is se bahir nikaal dain gay.
Bukhari Kitab fazail Madina, baab la yadkhalul Madina dajjal hadees 1881
He(Dajjal) would appear on the way between Syria and Iraq and would spread mischief right and left.
(sahih Muslim Book 41, Number 7015)
Comment: Ibn kathir ke Mutabiq dajjal Madina ke mashraq ohad paharr ke qareeb shinta
شنتا
Ke muqaam tak aey ga.aur ooper bayan ki gai ahadees mein bhi ata hai ke Dajjal ohad paharr tak aey ga phir Madina mein 3 baar zalzala aey ga jis se Kafir aur munafiq log dar ker dajjal ke pass chale jaeen gy. Aur farishtay iska rukh shaam ki taraf morr dain gay jahan shyd ye shaam aur iraq ke darmiyani rastay se jaey aur idher tabahi machata howa lud ke muqam tak pohanchay aur hazrat Issa alaihessalam isko qatal ker dain gay.
Ibn kathir likhte hain ke Madina ke Mashraq ki taraf ohad ke samne wadi valley shinta ki janib se (Aag ke) zahoor ki kaifiyat ko bayan kia gia hai aur is ne in wadiyoun ko bher diya hai aur is se chingariyaan nikalti thien jo hijaaz ko khati thien aur madina is ke sabab larz gia.
Salafi Daleel Hazrat Usman Radi Allah anho ke Qatal ke Baray Mein
Usman(Radiallah anh) was martyred in Iraq=========
Sahih Bukhari :: Book 58 :: Volume 5 :: Hadith 202 Narrated Qais:
I heard Said bin Zaid bin 'Amr bin Nufail saying in the mosque of Al-Kufa. "By Allah, I have seen myself tied and forced by 'Umar to leave Islam before 'Umar himself embraced Islam. And if the mountain of Uhud could move from its place for the evil which you people have done to 'Uthman, then it would have the right to move from its place."
Comment: Is rawayat ye farmaya gia ke Hazrat Usman Radi Allah anho ke sath jo kiya gia woe bahut ghalat tha lakin is mein kisi jagah zikr nhe aya ke Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko Iraq Mein shaheed kiya gia. Salafi,wahhabi Hazrat Ahadees ko ghalat manni dene mein apna saani nhe rakhte. Ab aaeye dekhte hain ke Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko kis ne aur kahan shaheed kiya.
Sunni Reply:
Qatleen e usman radi Allah anho
WO MISRI LOG jinhoon ne Usman Ghani radi Allah anho ka mo'aasra kiya wo 600 thy, un ke raees
abdur rahman bin adais al'balwi,
kanana bin basher bin ataab al'kundi aur
Umro ibn al'hamq al'khazai thy
YE TEENOON MISRI QATLEEN USMAN THY
TABQAAT IBN SA'AD , VOL 2, PAGE 145
HAZRAT KO SHAHEED KERNE WALA KALA MISRI THA JISKA NAAM HABLA THA.TABQAAT IBN SA'AD VOL 2 PAGE 151
Jis shakhs ne Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko shaheed kiya woe kanana ibn basher tajebi tha. Jo misar Egypt se aya tha
Tareekh Tabri Vol 3 Page 451
Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko Qatal Misriyoun ne kiya. Lakin Hazrat Usam radi Allah ke chehray per thapr marne wala tamimi tha. Hajjaj ne pocha ke tum kaun ho? Us ne jawab diya umair bin zaabi al'tamimi ….. yehi wo shakhs hai jo Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ke qatal ke bad un ke qareeb aya aur us ne Hazrat usman radi Allah anho ke chehray per thhapar mary, ye sun ker hajjaj ne forum umair bin zabi ke qatal ka hukam diya.
Al'bidaya wan'nahay vol 8 page 20
Comment: Donoon Tarah ki rawayatoon se sabit howa ke Hazrat Usman Ko qatal Kerne wale misri thy agerchay baghyoun mein Koofa aur Basra ke log bhi aey thy lakin woe qatleen mein shamil nhe thy. Aik rawayat mein sab ne mil kr hamla kiya us rawayat mein charoon misri sardar thy aur doosri rawayat mein tajebi ne shaheed ki. Aur tajebi misri tha.
Salafi Daleel aik Raat Mein Qur'an Parhne Per
Abu-Dawud :: Book 6 : Hadith 1389
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:
The Prophet (peace_be_upon_him) said: He who recites the Qur'an in a period less than three days does not understand it.
Sunni Reply:
Aik raat mein Quran khatam kerna
Muhammad Bin seereen se marwi hai ke Usman Radi Allah anho shab baidari kerte aur aik rak'at mein Quran Khatam kerte thy.
Abdur rahman bin usman radi Allah anho se marwi hai ke mein Makkah mein muqam e Ibrahim ke peechhay kharra ho gia, chahta tha is shab (ebadat mein) mein koi mujh se barhne na paey, aik shakhs ne mere pehloo per hath rakhha mein ne iltafaat na kiya. Us ne phir hath rakhha,
Mein ne dekha ke wo Usman bin afwan radi Allah anho hain, mein kinaray hatt gia, wo aagay barhay aur aik raka'at mein poora Qur'an parha aur chalay gaey.
Ibn siren se marvi hai ke jab Usman radi Allah anho qatal kiye gaey to un ki bivi ne kaha tum logoon ne unhain qatal ker diya halan ke wo saari raat baidar reh ke aik raka'at mein poora Qur'an parhte thy.
Tabqaat e Ibn Sa'ad Vol 3, Page 145,146
Hazrat Nyla kharri ho gaeen, Unhoon ne kaha Rab e Ka'aba ki qasam! Aey Allah ke dushmano! Tum ne Usman Radi Allah anho ka khoon kiya ye bahut barra gunah hai, dekho Wallah tum logoon ne unhain qatal ker diya halanke wo barray namazi thy, Aik raka'at mein poora Qur'an parhte thy.
Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 3 page 115
Salafi Daleel Iraq Mein Bemari Wali Rawayat
Muwatta Imam Malik Book 054, Hadith Number 030.)
Malik related to me that he heard that Umar ibn al-Khattab wanted to go to Iraq,
and Kabal-Ahbar said to him, "Do not go there, amir al-muminin. There is nine-tenths of sorcery there and it is the place of the rebellious jinn and the disease which the doctors are unable to cure."
Ka'ab al'ahbaar ussi saal musalman hoey the, woh bole
Aey ameer ul Momaneen!(Hazrat Umer Radi Allah anho)
Iraq aap apne safar ka aaghaz kaun se muqaam se kerna chahte hain?
Aap (Hazrat Umer) ne farmaya Iraq se"
woh (ka'ab) bole
Aap aisa na krain kiyoun ke burai ke 10 hissay hain aur bhalai ke bhi 10 hissay hain, burai ka aik hissa maghrib mein hai aur 9 hissay mashraq mein hain isi tarah bhalai ka sirf aik hissa mashraq mein aur 9 hissay maghrib mein hain. Mashraq he shaitan ka seeng aur her muhlak bemari hai.
..Tareekh Tabri vol 3 page 70.
Sunni Reply:
Saif ki rawayat mein hai Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho ne farmaya:
Aey ameer ul mo'maneen!(Hazrat umer)
Khuda ki qasam! Koofa hijrat ke ba'd doosri hijrat ka muqaam hai. Ye islam ka markaz hai aik din aisa aaeyga ke momin wohe aeyga aur (wahan aane ka) mushtaq hoga"
Abu imama ki rawayat mein hai ke (is moqa per) Hazrat Usman Radi Allah Naho ne farmaya:
Aey ameer ul momaneen!(Hazrat Umer) maghrib sharartoon ki zameen hai. Burai ke 100 hissay hain us mein se sirf aik hissa (tamam dunia ke.) logoon mein hai aur baqi tamam (99) hissay wahan hain
Tareekh Tabri, vol 3, page 70
SALAFI Daleel Mashraq Ke Liye
Ibn Hajr al-Asqalaanee said after quoting the words of al-Khattaabee explaining the meaning of Qarn (horn), "and others have said that the People of the East were disbelievers at that time and the Messenger of Allaah, sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, informed us that the trials and tribulations would arise from that direction and it was as he said. And the first of the trials that arose, arose from the direction of the east and they were the reason for the splitting of the Muslim ranks, and this is what Satan loves and delights in. Likewise the innovations appeared from that direction."
[Fath al-Baaree 13/58 in commentary to the hadeeth of Najd]
Sunni Reply:
Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam! Ham sirf hurmat wale mahinoon mein he aap ki khidmat mein hazir ho sakte hain kion ke hamaray aur aap ke darmiyan ye mudar qabeela ke kuffaar hail hain.
Sahih bukhari vol 1 page 13
Hadees
Ibn Abbas radi Allah anhuma se marvi hai wo kehte hain ke wafd abdul qais Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki Khidmat Mein Aya aur Arz Kiya
Ya Rasoolallah! Ham rabiyya ka qabeela hain aur kuffaar mudar hamaray aur aap ke darmiyan rakawat hain lehaza ham aap ki khidmat mein siwaey sheher e haram ken he aa sakte.. …….
Reference full hadees : Sahih Bukhari, Hadees 1502, Page 1467
Aey Allah! Abdul qais ki maghfirat farma ke ye raza mandi se kisi ke jabr ke baghair musalman ho gaey hain ab ye sharminda hoongy aur na he halaak, Jab ke hamari qaum ke kuch log us waqt tak musalman nhe hote jab tak ruswa aur halaak na ho jaeen, phir Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Apne Chehray ka rukh morrtay howe qibla ki janib kiya aur farmaya Ahle Mashraq mein sab se behtareen log Banu Abdul qais hain.
Musnad Ahmad bin Humble, vol 7, page 360 Hadees 17983.
Ye wafd Bahrain ka rehne wala tha. Matlab ke Madina ke mashraq mein Bahrain ata hai
Ibn Hajr al-Asqalaanee said after quoting the words of al-Khattaabee explaining the meaning of Qarn (horn), "and others have said that the People of the East were disbelievers at that time and the Messenger of Allaah, sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, informed us that the trials and tribulations would arise from that direction and it was as he said. And the first of the trials that arose, arose from the direction of the east and they were the reason for the splitting of the Muslim ranks, and this is what Satan loves and delights in. Likewise the innovations appeared from that direction."
[Fath al-Baaree 13/58 in commentary to the hadeeth of Najd]
Comment: ibn hajjar asqalani ki xplaining in ahadees ke under bahut wazeh hoti hai ke un ke mashraq se kiya murad hai aur mashraq mein rehne wale kuffaar kaun se kuffaar murad thy
Aaj kal salafi ye kehte phirta hain ke safain ka waqiya iraq mein howa tha lakin ibn kathir ke mutabiq ye waqiya Shaam Mein howa tha
Safain ka maraca
Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho aur Hazrat Muawiya radi Allah anho donoon apni apni faujoon ke sath bilaad e shaam ke mashraq mein mein faraat ke qareeb safain ke muqaam per khharray thy.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 339
Salafi Daleel Miqat Ahle Mashraq Iraq
Dhaeef Hadees of miqaat
Ali bin Muhammad, wakeeh, Ibrahim bin yazeed, abu zubair ne jabir radi Allah anho se rawayat kiya hai ke: Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne hamain khutbah diya aur farmaya Ahle Madina dhul hulaifa, Ahle Shaam juhfa, ahle yemen yalmalm, ahle najd qarn aur ahle mashriq dhat irq se ihram bandhain Phir Aap sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne apna chehra uthha ker kaha ke aey Allah in ke diloon ko mutowajjoh ker de.
Ibn Majah Hadees 695
Sunni Reply salafiyoun ki bayan ki gai hadees mein Ibrahim bin yazid al'hawzy Matrook al'hadees hain
Inka pura naam Ibrahim bin Yazid al-Khwzy hay !
Aur yeh Matrook ul Hadith hain !
Kisi nain bhi inko thiqah nahi kaha including Imam Ahmad, Imam nisai, Imam Dar ul Qutuni, Imam Yahya bin Ma'in !
Aur Ibn e Hajr nain inko Matrook ul Hadith likha h
Ibn e Hajr Asqalani, Book : Taqreeb At Thzeeb, Hadith Narrator, Id:272. - pg:95
Han magar Imam Tirmidhi aur Imam Nisai nain in say apni sunan main rawayat li hy shawahid k tor par.
Ibrahim bin Yazid Al-Khwzy Al-Amwy
1. Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal nain inhain Matrook ul Hadith kaha.
2. Imam Yahya Bin Ma'in nain farmaya yeh Thiqah nahi hain aur in k pas kuch bhi nahi hy.
3.Imam Abu Zar'ah aur Imam Abu Haatim nain inko Munkar ul hadith aur Zaeef ul Hadith kaha.
4. Imam Nisai nain inko Matrook ul Hadith kaha.
5. Imam Ali Bin Madeeni nain inhain zaeef kaha aur farmaya k in say koi cheez na likhi jaay.
6. Imam Ibn e Sa'd nain farmaya k in k pas Zaeef ahadith hoti hain.
7. Imam Ali bin Junaid nain inko Matrook kaha.
8. Imam Dar Al Qutuni nain inko Mukar ul Hadith kaha.
9. Imam Ibn e Hibban nain farmaya k yeh kaseer tadad main Munkar ahadith rawayat karty hain.
From : Ibn e Hajr
Book : Tahdheeb al-Tahdheeb
Vol : 1
narratoe : 327
حضرت عبد اللہ ابن عباس رضی اللہ تعالی عنہ سے روایت ہے کہ رسول اللہ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے ا ہل مشرق کے لیۓ عقیق کو میقات قرار دیا ہے
سنّن ابو داؤد، جلد اول حدیث 1727، صفحہ 1111
Comment:Aqeeq ki wadi Madina ke miqaat dhul hulaifa ke baeen (left) janib 10 kilometer door hai. Is se wazahat ho jati hai ke najd bhi ahle mashraq mein he ata hai
Salafi Daleel
Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho Iraq Mein Qatal howy
Sunni Daleel Qatleen e Ali Mein Banu Tamim
عراق کی خوبیوں والی احادیث اور آئمہ کرام کے اقوال
Iraq Ki Khoobiyoun Wali Ahadith Aur A'immah Karam Ke Aqwaal
Hadees:
Hazrat zaid bin sabit radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke:
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe wasallam ne Yemen ki taraf dekha aur ye dua farmai: Aey Allah in ke diloon ko meri taraf maiyl farma de aur iraq ki taraf dekha aur ye dua Aey Allah in ke diloon ko meri taraf maiyl farma de aur shaam ki taraf dekha to ye dua farmai Aey Allah un ke diloon ko meri taraf mayil farma de. Aey Allah hamaray liye hamaray saaa aur hamaray madah mein barkat ata farma .
Kunzul umaal jild 17. page 136
Al.majum saghir, vol 1, page 173
Al.majum al.kabeer vol 5, page 116
Majmuaz zawaid vol 3, page 304
Al'adab al'mufrad vol 1, page 169
Hadees:
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne shaam ki taraf nazar ki aur ye dua ki, Aey Allah ! in ke diloon ko apni ata'at ki taraf maiyl farma aur un ke ird gird apni rahmat gair de, phir Yemen ki taraf nazar ki aur us ki missal dua farmai, phir iraq ki taraf nazar farmai aur waise he dua ki.
Abdur Razzaq al'musnaf, vol 11, page 251, 252
Hadees:
Qayyamat us waqt tak qaim nhe hogi jab tak iraq ke achay log shaam aur shaam ke buray log iraq ki taraf muntaqil na ho jaeen
Musnad ahmad vol 5, page 249
Naeem ibn hamad kitab al'fittan, vol 2, page 631
Hashiya ibn qayyum, vol 7 , page 116
Comment: is se maloom howa ke Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Iraq ke liye dua bhi farmai hai. Aur iraq ki ye shaan rakhi ke Iraq ke achhay log jab tak shaam na aa jaeen tab tak qayamat nhe aey gi. Is se andaza hota hai ke iraq ke jo maqami log hain woe bahut achay hain.
IRAQ KI FAZILAT Kharooj Dajjal Ke Waqt
Hazrat ummul momaneen Ummay Salma radi Allah anha se rawayat hai ke:
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke aik khalifa ki maut ke waqt logoon mein (agla khalifa muntakhib kerne mein) ikhtalaf ho jaey ga is doran aik admi Madina se nikal ker Makkah ki taraf bhagay ga. Log ussay khalafat ke liye nikalain gy lakin wo issay na'pasand kerte hoongy phir log un ke hath per hajr e aswad aur muqam e Ibrahim ke darmiyan bait krain gay phir wo (sufiyani) aik lashkar shaam se bheje ga to wo lashkar "baidah" ke muqam per zameen mein dahns jaey ga. Jo Makkah aur Madina ke darmiyan aik jagah hai. Jab log us lashkar ko dekhain gay to ahle shaam ke abdal aur iraq ki jamatain un ke pass aaeengi. Un se bait kraingi.Phir aik admi utthay ga Quraish mein se jis ki nanehaal bani kalb mein hogi. Wo un ki taraf aik lashkar bhejay ga to wo us lashkar per ghalba hasil kr lain gay.Aur wo bani kalb ka lashkar hoga aur na'kaami ho us shakhs ke liye jo bani kalb ke amwaal e ghanimat ki taqseem ke moqa per hazir na ho, mehdi maal e ghanimat taqseem krain gy aur logoon mein un ke Nabi ki sunnat ko jari krain gay aur islam per apni garden zameen per daal dega .(sari zameen per islam phail jaeyga) .Phir us ke ba'd 7 saal tak wo zinda rahain gay phir unka intaqaal ho jaeyga aur musalman un ki namaz e janazah parhain gay.
Imam abu dawood farmate hain ke baz ne ibn hisham ke hawale se ye kaha hai ke wo 9 saal tak zinda rahain gay jab ke baz ne kaha ke 7 saal tak zinda rahain gay.
Abu daood share, vol 3 page 703, hadees 882.
Hadees
Hazrat ummay Salma radi Allah anha kehti hain ke mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko farmatay suna:
Aik khalifa ki wafat per logoon mein ikhtalaf ho jaey ga, banu hashim ka aik admi (madina se) Makkah aaey ga log us ko ghar se nikal ker (Masjid e Haram mein) le aaeen gay, hajr aswad aur muqam e Ibrahim ke darmiyan us ki bait krain gay. Shaam se aik lashkar Makkah Mukarma per charhai ke liye aaey ga. Jab wo baidah ke muqam per pohanchay ga to ussay dhansa diya jaey ga. Is ke ba'd iraq aur shaam se ulma wa fazla imam mehdi ke pass (bait ke liye) aaeen gay.
Issay tabrani ne rawayat kiya hai.
Hadees
hle iraq ke shuhda
Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ko bayan kerte hoey suna:
Aey Ahle iraq!
Anqareeb tum mein se 7 admi azrah ke muqam per qatal hongy unki misaal as'haab e khadood (khandqoon wale) ki hogi. Pas hajr bin adi aur un ke as'hab qatal ho gaey.
Hazrat Ayesha radi Allah anha ne farmaya, mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko bayan kerte suna ke "anqareeb azrah mein kuch log qatal hongy jin ki khatir Allah aur asman wale ghussay ho jaen gay.
Ye Hazrat Muawiya radi Allah anho ke hukam per hamla kerne walon ke hath se shaheed hoey.
Al.bidaya wan.nahaya, Vol 6, Page 306
Baghdad ki khubiyaan
Younun bin abdul aala al'sadfi ne bayan kiya ke imam shafa'I ne mujh se pocha ke tu ne Baghdad dekha hai?
Mein ne kaha nhe
To aap ne farmaya tu ne duniya nhe dekhi. Aur imam shafa'i ne farmaya mein jis sheher mein bhi gia hoon mein ne ussay safar shumaar kiya hai, magar baghdad ko mein ne safar mein shumaar nhe kiya, mein jab is mein dakhil hua to mein ne issay watan shumaar kiya
Aur baz ne rawayat kiya ke duniya aik jungle hai aur Baghdad us ka sheher hai.
An alaihe ne bayan kiya ke mein ne talb e hadees mein ahle Baghdad se ziyada aqal'mand nhe dekha aur na un se achha aram wala dekha ha
i.Ibn mujahid ne bayan kiya hai ke mein ne khawab mein abu umroo bin al'ala ko dekha to mein ne pochha Allah ta'ala ne tumaray sath kiya salook kiya hai? Tu us ne mujhe kaha is baat ko chhorro jo Baghdad mein sunnat aur jama'at per qaiym raha aur mer gia to wo jannat mein mutaqil ho gia.
Abu bakr bin ayash ne bayan kia ke islam Baghdad mein hai. Ye aik shikari hai jo admiyoun ka shikaar kerta hai aur jis ne issay nhe dekha us ne duniya nhe dekhi
.
Abu muawiya ne bayan kiya ke Baghdad duniya aur akhirat ka ghar hai.
Baz ne rawayat kiya hai ke islam ki khubiyoun mein se Baghdad mein jumah ke din aur Makkah ki namaz e traweeh aur taraswas ka eid ka din bhi hai
Aur khateeb Baghdadi ne bayan kiya ke jo shakhs Madinat al'islam (Baghdad) mein jumah ke din hazir hoga Allah ta'ala us ke dil mein islam ki azmat ko barha dega kiyoun ke hamaray mashaiykh ka qol hai ke Baghdad mein jumah ka din aur doosry shehroon mein eid ke din ki tarah hai.
Aur aik shakhs ne bayan kiya ke mein mawazbat se jameha Mansoor mein Jumha parhta tha mujhe aik (masla) paish aa gia to mein ne doosri masjid mein namaz parh li to mein ne khawab mein aik shakhs ko kehte dekha tu ne sheher ki jameha masjid mein namaz parhi aur bila'shuba is mein her jumah ko 70 wali namaz parhte hain.
Aik shakhs ne bayan kiya ke mein ne Baghdad se muntaqil hona chaha to mein ne khawab mein aik shakhs ko kehte dekha; kiya tu aise sheher se muntaqil hona chahta hai jis mein Allah ke 10 hazar wali hain.
Jab kisi shakhs ka ilm hijaz, paidaish iraqi aur namaz shaami ho to wo kaamil ho jata hai.
(aise he baahut se fazail Baghdad ke bayan hoey hain)
Al.bidayah wan'nahaya Vol 10, Page 128,129
Hadees
Imam Mehdi ki khidmat mein Shaam Ke Abdaal aur Iraq ke ulma o fuzla groh dar groh hazir ho ker bait krain gay.'
Ahmad bin humble Musnad jild sadas, page 317
Sahih Ibn Hibban vol 15 page 59
Sunnan Abi dawood vol 4 page 464
([1]) في (ط) : إذ مرت به .
([2]) في (أ ط) : فأخبر النبي صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم .
([3]) في المطبوعة : العليا .
([4]) أخرجه الحاكم في المستدرك ، كتاب معرفة الصحابة ، ذكر فضائل القبائل ، (4 / 73 ، 74) ، وهذا الحديث فيه محمد بن ذكوان ، ضعيف ، لكن الحديث يقوى بمجموع الشواهد التي ذكرها المؤلف .
نجد کے حوالے سے بحث عام چل پڑی ہے۔ کوئی نجد کو ایک مخصوص علاقہ بتاتا ہے تو کوئی اس کو مخصوص علاقہ نہیں سمجھتا۔جو نجد کو ایک مخصوص علاقہ نہیں سمجھتے انہوں نے بارہ 12 نجدبنا لئے ہیں اور وہ فتنے والے نجد کوعراق کے شہر بغداد،بصرہ اور کوفہ سمجھتے ہیں۔ حالانکہ یہ بارہ نجد والوں کا دعوی کسی بھی حدیث اورتاریخ سے ثابت نہیں ہے۔ جبکہ ایک نجد سمجھنے والوں کا نظریہ احادیث اور تاریخ سے ثابت ہے۔ آج کی اس بحث میں مشرق سے کون سا علاقہ مراد ہے وہ بھی دیکھیں گئے اور یہ بھی دیکھیں گے وہ بادیہ نشین شور مچانے والے بنی مضر اور ربیعہ کے لوگ کون ہیں اور یہ لوگ کس جگہ آباد ہیں۔
آج بنی تمیم کو بھی قرآن و حدیث اور تاریخ میں جا کر دیکھیں گئے۔
ہم قرآن کے نظریہ کے مطابق مشرق اور مغرب صرف سمتوں کا بیان کرينگے کیونکہ قرآن میں دو سمتیں بیان ہوئی ہیں۔ اس لئے پہلے ہم قرآن کا وہ نظریہ پڑھتے ہیں:
MASHRIQ(EAST)
Allah ta'ala qur’an kareem me farmata hai:-”
wahi mashriq aur maghrib ka maalik hai aur iske siwa koi mabood nahi, to isi ko apna kaarsaaz banaao”
(surah muzammil 9) ”
Aur mashriq aur maghrib sab khuda ki ka hai, to jidhar tum rukh karo udhar khuda ki zaat hai”
(surah baqarah 115)yani in ayaton se ye to saabit hai ki allah poore mashriq(east) aur maghrib (west) ka malik o mukhtar hai.
Lekin aaj ke science ke mutabik direction 4 hain:
1-EAST
2-WEST
3-NORTH
4-SOUTH
Ham Qur'an o Hadees Ko Hujjat Mante hain is liye sirf mashraq aur maghrib ko he lain gay north aur south ka zikr nhe krain gay. Ahadees mein jis mashraq ka zikr aya hai aur jin qabeeloon se shaitan ke seeng niklen ka zikr hai aaj ham uski nishandehi krain gay aur ye bhi sabit krain gay ke woe kis ilaqay mein rehte hain.
آیئے اب سب سے پہلے ہم نجدکے مضمون سے شروع کرتے اور دیکھتے ہیں کہ نجد کا کیا معنی اور یہ کہاں سے لیکر کہاں تک ہے۔ اس حوالے سے ہم احادیث، تاریخ اور علماء کرام کے اقوال کو دیکھیں گے۔
آئیے سب سے پہلے وہ حدیث پڑھتے ہیں جس میں نجد کے لئے دعا نہیں فرمائی گئی :
حضرت عبداللہ بن عمر رضی اﷲ عنہما روایت کرتے ہیں کہ حضور نبی اکرم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے دعا فرمائی: اے اللہ !ہمارے لئے ہمارے شام میں برکت عطا فرما، اے اللہ! ہمیں ہمارے یمن میں برکت عطا فرما، (بعض)لوگوں نے عرض کیا: یا رسول اللہ!ہمارے نجد میں بھی؟ آپ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے (پھر) دعا فرمائی: اے اللہ! ہمارے لئے ہمارے شام میں برکت عطا فرما۔ اے اللہ! ہمارے لئے یمن میں برکت عطا فرما۔ (بعض) لوگوں نے (پھر ) عرض کیا: یا رسول اللہ! ہمارے نجد میں بھی، میرا خیال ہے کہ آپ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے تیسری مرتبہ فرمایا: وہاں زلزلے اور فتنے ہیں اور شیطان کا سینگ (فتنہ وہابیّت و نجدیّت) وہیں سے نکلے گا۔
صحیح بخاری 2598/6، حدیث 6681۔
اب نجد کی تعریف پڑھتے ہیں: آسان الفاظ میں نجد ابھری ہوئی زمین کو کہتے ہیں ۔
نجد کی تعریف پڑھنے کے بعد ہم اب دیکھتے ہیں ہیں آئمہ کرام اور تاریخ دانوں نے کہاں سے کہاں تک کے علاقے کو نجد کہا ہے:
سب سے پہلے ہم ابن حجر عسقلانی کا حوالہ دیتےہیں:
Alama ibn hajjar asqalani ka qol hai ke:
Makkah se koofa ki janib ka najd, najd qarn ash'shaitan hai. Page 36
یہ وہ تعریف ہے جس سے باقی سب آئمہ کرام اور تاریخ دانوں نے اختلاف کیا ہے لیکن اس تعریف کے مطابق بھی نجدمکہ کی حدود ختم ہونے سے شروع ہو کر کوفہ کی حدود جہاں سے شروع ہوتی ہیں وہاں تک کا علاقہ نجد ہے۔اس سے واضع ہوا کہ کوفہ اس نجد میں نہیں آتا جس میں خود کو ایک نمبر مسلمان کہنےوالے بتاتے ہیں اور اس سے ان لوگوں کا یہ دعوی بھی غلط ثابت ہوگیا جو کوفہ کو فتنوں والے نجد میں شمار کرتے ہیں۔
اب ہم وہ تعریف بیان کرنے لگے ہیں جن کو جمہور علماء اور تاریخ دانوں نے بیان کیا ہے۔خیال رہے کہ یہ نجد کی تعریف علاقے کے اعتبار سے ہورہی ہے لغت یا اصطلاحی معنوں میں نہیں ہو رہی۔ مطلب کہ کہاں سے کہاں کے علاقے کو نجد قرن االشّیطان کہاگیا ہے۔
علامہ یاقوت حموی اپنی شہرہ آفاق کتاب معجم البلدان کے صفحہ 263 جلد 5 میں لکھتے ہیں:
(asmahi) kehte hain ke Tehama se bulandi per waqia sar'zameen ka naam najd hai, muhawra hai ke oontni najd mein charti hai aur Tehama mein sairab hoti hai.
Asmahi kehte hain ke mein ne ehrabiyoun se suna ke jab tum bulandi ki taraf jate hoey ajalz ko pichhay chhorr jao to tum najd mein dakhil ho chukay ho. Ajalz qura'teen se ooper hai. Mazeed kaha ke batan wadi rimma se bulandi per waqiya ilaqa ka naam najd hai aur ye zaat irq ki ghatiyoun tak jata hai.
Wo kehte hain ke mein ne bahli se suna hai ke kisra ki khhodi hoi khandaq wala ilaqa najd hai yahan tak ke wo harra tak pohanchta hai. Jab tum harrah mein pohanch jao to hijaz mein dakhil ho chukay ho.
Aik qol ye hai ke najd us areez (tirchhi) jagah ka naam hai jis ki bulandi ki taraf tahama aur yemen hai aur pasti ki taraf iraq o shaam hain.
Sakri kehte hain ke hijaaz ki taraf zaat e irq se paharoon ka shuru hone wala silsala najd ki hadh hai. Yahan tak ke ye silsala phirta howa kohay Madina tayyeba tak pohanch jata hai. Zaat e irq ke paharoon se is taraf tahama tak ka ilaqa hijaz hai.
Jab Tehama ki jehat mein waqiya paharron ko te ker lo to us se aagay samunder tak ka ilaqa ghaur hai aur ghaur aur Tehama aik he cheez hai. Ye bhi kaha jata hai ke saray ka sara najd yamamah ka matehat hai. Ammara bin aqeel kehte hain ke zaat e irq se agay barho to wo najd hai yahan tak ke issay iraq munqattah kerta hai (iraq tak ja ker khatam hota hai)
(Alama Yaqoot Hamwi, Ma'jum Al'baldaan, Vol 5, 263)
Result of Above:
1: Madina tayyeba se mashraq ki janib ajalz ko aboor kerne se balaee ilaqa shuru ho jata hai jo najd ki maghrabi sarhad hai.
2: doosray arab ilaqoon ki nisbat is ki bulandi ziada hai.
3: is ke shamaal mein iraq hai jo is ke nashaibi ilaqa ki taraf waqiya hai
4: najd ki shamali had iraq per ja ker khatam ho jati hai.
5: najd ke balaee ilaqa ki taraf (yemen janoob ki taraf hai) YemeN hai
6: Najd ke mukhtalif aqwaal ka markazi nuqta yehi hai ke Hijaaz,Iraq, Shaam, Yemen Aur Tehama ke wast mein waqiya ilaqa ka naam Najd hai.
علامہ یاقوت حموی ایک اور جگہ نجد کے علاقے کی تعریف ان الفاظ میں کرتے ہیں
Yaqoot hamwi likhte hain> yanni najd us chorri zameen ka naam hai jis ke ooper tahama aur yemen hai. Aur nichay iraq aur shaam,, Hijaz ki taraf se najd ki hadh zaat irq hai jaise jaise paharr Madinah ki taraf ghomta jata hai.. .. iraq ka naam iraq is liye parra ke wo najd se nichay samunder se qareeb hai.
Abu Abdullah yaqoot bin Abdullah al'hamwi, alama ma'jun al'baldan, vol 5, page 262
Abu Abdullah yaqoot bin Abdullah al'hamwi, alama ma'jun al'baldan, vol 4, page 95
Comment:
Is se pata chalta hai ke najd us sarzameen ka naam hai jo tahama aur iraq ke darmiyan hai. Neez ye bhi tasreeh hai ke najd ka ilaqa hijaz se shuru hota hai neez iraq najd ke alawa doosra mulk hai.jo najd ke nichay hai. Is liye is se koi gunjaish nhe ke najd se iraq murad liya gia hai.
Imam Ibn Hajr asqalani ne khatabi ka qol naql kiya hai aur ye ik imam ka qol hai jis ko ham farman e Mustafa Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam per tarjeeh nahe de sakte. Aeye zara khatabi ka woe qol parhte hain jis ko log ahadees ke muqable mein tarjeeh dete hain
ابن حجر عسقلانی نے خطابی کا قول نقل کیا ہے جس کو ہم فرمان مصطفی صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم پر ترجیح نہیں دے سکتے۔ آئیے ذرا خطابی کا وہ قول پڑھتے ہیں جس کو لوگ احادیث کے مقابلے میں ترجیح دیتے ہیں
Ibn Hajr said: "al-Khattaabee said: 'the najd in the direction of the east, and for the one who is in Madeenah then his Najd would be the desert of Iraaq and it's regions [baadiya al-Iraaq wa Nawaaheehaa] for this is to the east of the People of Madeenah. The basic meaning of Najd is that which is raised/elevated from the earth in contravention to al-Gawr for that is what is lower than it. Tihaamah is entirely al-Gawr and Mecca is in Tihaamah.'"
Ibn Hajr continues, "by this [saying of al-Khattaabee] the weakness of the saying of ad-Daawodee is understood that 'Najd is in the direction of Iraaq' [min Naahiya al-Iraaq] for he suggests that Najd is a specific place. This is not the case, rather everything that is elevated with respect to what adjoins it is called Najd and the lower area called Gawr."
[Fath al-Baaree 13/58-59]
RESPONSE
Pehle ham Iraq ki definition dekhte hain ke iraq ka matlab kiya hai. Ta ke pata chale ke khatabi ka qol sahih hai ya ghalat
Defination Of Iraq:
Mashoor iraq kahi shehroon per mushtamil hai. Iraqan bol ker koofa aur basra murad lete hain. Iraq ko iraq is liye kehte hain ke ye iraq al'qurbata se makhooz hai, Mashkeezy ke nichay wala sorakh kharz jissay dohra kiya jata hai. (ke arab ki sar'zameen ki nisbat gehrai mein waqiya hai aur satah samunder ke qareeb hai.
Abul Qasmi Zajaji farmate hain ke ibn ehrabi ne kaha hai ke iraq ko iraq kehne ki asal wajah ye hai ke najd ki nisbat past o nasheet ilaqa hai aur samunder ke qareeb hai. Ye iraq al'qurbata se makhooz hai yanni mashkeezay ka nichay wala soraakh.
Alama Yaqoot Hamwi, Ma'jum Al'baldan, Page 93
اس سے واضح ہواکہ عراق پست اور نیچی زمین کو کہتے ہیں جو سطح سمندر کے قریب تر ہو اور نجد ابھری ہوئی زمین کو کہتے ہیں جو ایک دوسرے کے متضاد ہیں، مخالف مطلب ہیں۔ یعنی ایک مشرق ہے اور دوسرا مغرب ہے اور مشرق اور مغرب کو کوئی ملانہیں سکتا ایسا ہی عراق اور نجد کا ہے۔
Is se wazeha howa ke iraq past aur nichi zameen ko kehte hain jo satah samunder ke qareeb ter ho aur Najd ubhri hoi zameen ko kehte hain jo aik doosry ke opposite hain. Jaise mashraq aur maghrib aik nahe ho sakte aise he najd aur iraq aik nahe ho sakte. Ab Ham alama badrud din aini ka qol parhte hain dobara tak e iraq ki tareef aur najd ke ilaqay ka tayyun ho sake
علامہ بدرالدّین عینی عمدۃ القاری شرح صحیح بخاری میں لکھتنے ہیں
ALAMA BADRUD DIN AINI UMDATUL QARI SHARAH SAHIH BUKHARI MEIN FARMATE HAIN
Najd arab ka aik ilaqa hai aur Tehama se le ker ker arz e iraq tak ka ilaqa najd hai.
Baz kehte hain ke iraq aur wajra aur ghumratul taif ke darmiyan wala ilaqa najd hai.
Ebab mein likha hai ke ghaur yanni Tehama ke barkhalaf arab ka wo sara buland ilaqa jo Tehama se le ker arz e iraq tak hai Najd hai.
Imam Badrud din Aini , Umdatul Qari Sharah Sahih Bukhari, Vol 1, Page 266
NAJD KO MASHRAQI KE NAAM SE BHI PUKARA JATA HAI.
Ar'riyaz, darriya, ayainya aur iske aas pass ke bashindoon ko tayyeba mein mashraqi ke naam se yaad kiya jata tha jaisa ke sheikh Muhammad bin abdul wahhab najdi ke ustaad sheikh Abdullah bin Ibrahim ke halaat se mazkoor hai ke wo najd ke aik sheher majma, jo ke ayainya aur darriya ke qareeb he hai, ke bashinday thy, ye Madina tayyeba mein muqeem thy aur unhain wahan sheikh mashraqi ke naam se yaad kiya jata tha,
Shykh usman bin basher, unwan al'majd fi Tareekh al'najd page 17
علامہ کرمانی نے علامہ عینی کا قول نقل کیا ہے
Alama karmani ne alama aini ka qol naqal kiya hai.
Tahama se jo oonchi zameen ka ilaqa hai yehi wo najd hai jo ras al'kufar (kuffar ka sarchashma) aur najd qarn shaitan (gumrah firqoon) ki jaey paidaish hai. (page 35)
Najd qarn ash'shaitan wo khitta e zameen hai jis ki had tahama hijaz se shuru ho ker iraq ke nichaan (ghaur ya dahlan) per khatam ho jati hai. Page 36
آجکل خود کو ایک نمبر مسلمان کہنے والے علامہ طاہر حنفی فتنی کی نجد کی تعریف علاقہ بیان کرتے ہیں اور کہتنے ہیں کہ یہ فقہ حنفی کے بڑے معتبر عالم ہیں۔ پہلی بات تو یہ ہےکہ یہ لوگ ویسے فقہ حنفی کوگمراہ کہتے ہیں لیکن اپنے مطلب کے لئے منافقین کی اس جماعت نے علامہ صاحب کو معتبر بنالیا۔
اب آئيے دیکھتے ہیں کہ علامہ صاحب نے نجد کا تعیّن کس علاقہ میں کیا ہے
علامہ محمد طاہر فتنی حنفی اس حدیث کا معنی بیان کرتے ہوئے نجد شیطان کی تشریح میں فرماتے ہیں کہ! "ھو اسم خاص لمادون الحجاز ممایلی العراق" یعنی یہ ایک خاص جگہ کا نام ہے جو حجاز کے علاوہ عراق کے ساتھ ملتی ہے۔
(ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﮧ ٦٨٠ﺟﻠﺪ ٤۔۔)
ارے جاہلو! عقل سے خالی لوگو! خود کو ایک نمبر گردانتے ہو اور کہتے ہو کہ کسی کی پیروی نہ کرو خود ریسرچ کرو اور خود سمجھو۔گدھو تمہیں اتنی عقل نہیں ہے کہ تم علامہ صاحب کی نجد پر کی گئی تعریف کو بڑے فخر سے بیان کرتے ہو اور اس کو عراق ثابت کرنے کے لیئے ثبوت کے طور پر استعمال کرتے ہو۔ کیا کبھی اس پر غور کیا ہے؟
آؤ میں تم لوگوں کو سمجھاتا ہوں۔علامہ صاحب نے بھی میرے دعوے کی تصدیق کی ہے کہ نجد ایک خاص علاقے کا نام ہے۔ جس کی سرحدیں ایک طرف مدینہ سے ملتی ہیں اور دوسری طرف عراق سے ملتی ہیں۔آسان الفاظ میں عراق اور مدینہ کے درمیان جو علاقہ آتا ہے وہ نجد ہے۔ اس سے ثابت ہوا کہ عراق نجد نہیں ہے بلکہ نجد کی سرحد عراق سے ملتی ہے۔ قیامت کے قریب کم عقل لوگ دین کی باتیں کریں گے۔جو خود بھی گمراہ ہونگے اور دوسروں کو بھی کرینگے۔ اور جیسے یہ کم علم لوگ لوگوں کو گمراہ کررہے ہیں۔ اللہ ان کے شر سے ہر مسلمان کو محفوظ رکھے۔آمین
Alama ahmad khateeb qastalani bukhari ke mustanad sharheen mein se hain. Likhte hain:
علامہ احمد خطیب قسطلانی بخاری کے مستند شارحین میں سے ہیں لکھتے ہیں:
Yanni sar'zameen tahama se le ker iraq tak jo buland ilaqa hai wo najd hai.
Ahmad bin Muhammad khateeb qastalani, irshad us saari jild 2 page 212
امام ابن حجر عسقلانی شرح میقات قرن المنازل:
Imam Ibn Hajjar Al'asqalani Sharah Miqat Qarn Al'munazil
Lakin najd Buland jagah kjo kehte hain ye 10 muqamaat ka naam hai, yahan najd se murad wo najd hai jis ki buland satah ki janib Tehama aur Yemen hain aur past o nashaibi satah ki taraf Iraq aur Shaam waqiya hain.
Fat'hul Bari, Vol 3, Page 375
Miqat wali hadees sab clear ker deti hai ke najd aik hai jis se murad najd riyaz hai. Dekhain!
Qarn ka matlab hai seeng aur Najd Qarn ka matlab howa seeng wala Najd aur Hadees mein bayan howa "Yatlau Qarn Ash'shaitan) Jahan se shaitan ka seeng talooh hota hai. Aur najd ke liye qarn miqaat rakh ker ye saaf farma diya ke yehi shaitan ke seeng wala najd hai. Beshak 12 najd hoon lakin shaitan ke seeng wala jo Najd murad hai wo najd riyaz he hai. Aur isi najd ki hadood Madina Makkah Yemen, Shaam aur iraq tak lagti hain. Aur ooper bayan ki gai jamhoor a'ima aur Tareekh danoon ki tareefoon se wazeh ho jata hai ke Shaam, Iraq, Yemen Makkah aur Madina ke darmiyaan jo ilaqa ata hai ussay Najd kehte hain aur is ka raqba around 12 lakh marabba foot hai.
نجد تاریخ دانوں اور آئمہ کرام کی بیان کردہ تعریفوں سے تو واضع ہوگیا کہ کونسا علاقہ ہے۔ لیکن دلوں میں جو شیطانی لوگ وسوسے ڈال دیتے ہیں ان وسوسوں کو دور کرنے کے لئے اب حدیث سے نجد کی نشاندہی کرتے ہیں
Najd tareekh'danoon aur a'ima ki bayan kerda tareefoon se to wazeha hogia ab Ahadees Se Najd Ki nishandehi kerte hain:
Ahadees e Miqaat
Hazrat ibn umer radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke: Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne ahle Najd ke liye qarn aur Ahle Shaam ke liye Juhfa aur Ahle Madina ke liye Zeel Halifa ko Maiqaat muqarrar farmaya, Hazrat ibn Umer radi Allah anho ka bayan hai ke ye mein ne Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se suna hai aur mujhe khaber mili hai ke Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke Ahle Yemen ke liye yalmalm hai to Iraq ka ziker hua to unhoon ne farmaya ke us zamanay mein iraq nhe tha (Yani us zamanay mein Iraq fatah nhe hua tha.).
Sahih Bukhari, Vol 3, Page 1930, Hadees 2200.
Hazrat Ibn Umer Radi Allah Anho se Rawayat hai ke Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Ahle Madina ke liye dhul halifa, Ahle Shaam ke liye Juhfa, Ahle Yemen o Tehama ke liye yalmalm, Ahle Taif o Najd ke liye Qarn aur ahle Iraq Ke Liye dhat irq ko miqaat muqarar kiya gia hai. Siyati fi Musnad Jabir, Hadees 14626
Comment:
Is hadees se saaf pata chalta hai ke Iraq aik alag ilaqa hai aur Najd aik alag ilaqa hai.
Ab is baat ko mazeed is hadees se wazeha kerte hain jis mein Najd ke ghazwa ka zikr aya hai. Miqaat wali aisi ahadees 100 se ziyada hain lakin samajhne ke liye 1 he kafi hoti hai ager aqal ho to.
Hadees:
Ghazwa e najd Hazrat Abu Hurayra radi Allah anho se pochha gia ke kiya aap ne Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke sath khauf ki namaz ada ki hai?
Farmaya: Haan, us ne poochha kab? Unhoon ne farmaya ke ghazwa e najd mein. For full hadees reference is:
Nisai Shareef vol 1 Page 1318, Hadees 1546 baab salatul khauf
Comment:
Ager ye ghazwa Iraq Ke Najd mein hota to basra ya koofa ka naam zaroor ata ya phir tibristan ka naam zaroor ata lakin nahe aya kion ke Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne kabhi Iraq Ke khilaaf jung nahe ki thi aur na iraq gaey thy.
Ab jo hadees paish kerne laga hoon wo Najd ko bilkul clear ker dega ke "Qarn Ash'shaitan kaun sa Najd Hai.
Hadees: Hadees Najd:
Amr ibn Abasa said: ‘Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) was one day reviewing the horses, in the company of Uyayna ibn Hisn ibn Badr al-Fazari. [. . .] Uyayna remarked: "The best of men are those who bear their swords on their shoulders, and carry their lances in the woven stocks of their horses, wearing cloaks, and are the people of the Najd." But Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) replied: "You lie! Rather, the best of men are the men of the Yemen. Faith is a Yemeni, the Yemen of [the tribes of] Lakhm and Judham and Amila. [. . .] Hadramawt is better than the tribe of Harith; one tribe is better than another; another is worse [. . .] My Lord commanded me to curse Quraysh, and I cursed them, but he then commanded me to bless them twice, and I did so [. . .] Aslam and Ghifar, and their associates of Juhaina, are better than Asad and Tamim and Ghatafan and Hawazin, in the sight of Allah on the Day of Rising. [. . .] The most numerous tribe in the Garden shall be [the Yemeni tribes of] Madhhij and Ma’kul.
’ (Ahmad ibn Hanbal and al-Tabarani, by sound narrators. Cited in Ali ibn Abu Bakr al-Haythami, Majma al-zawa’id wa manba‘ al-fawa’id [Cairo, 1352], X, 43)
Comment
Is hadees mein to her doubt clear ho jata hai ke najd ke log behtareen log hain. Lakin Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya ke tum ne jhoot bola aur farmaya ke behtareen log Yemen ke hain. Is se bhi Najd ki burai samne aa gai hai. Aur ayainya bin bad al'fazari Iraqi Najd ke Nahe thy balke Mojooda Riyaz wale Najd ke thy. Is hadees ke ba'd kisi scholar ki opinion koi manni nahe rakhti kion ke Allah ke Rasool sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke qol se barh ker kisi ka qol nahe hai. Aur is hadees mein clear indication diya gia hai najd shaitan ka.
baab najd ki taraf jo lashkar Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne rawana kia tha.
Hazrat imam bukhari ne is ko jung taif k ba'd zikr kiya hai lakin ahle mughazi ne kaha ke ye lashkar fatah makkah ko jane se pehle rawana kia tha. Ibn sa'ad ne kaha ye 8 ad ke maah shaban ka waqiya hai. Bazoon ne kaha maah ramzan mein ye lashkar rawana kiya tha us ke sardar abu qatada radi Allah anho the. Is mein sirf 25 admi the, jinhoon ne ghatfaan se muqabla mein 200 oont aur 2000 bakriyaan hasil ki.
Sahih bukhari j 8 baab najd ka sarya, hadees 4338
Comment: ghatfaan ussi ilaqay mein hai jo madina se le ker iraq tak ata hai
Banu Hanifa Najd Ki Janib Chand Sawaroon ko bheja
Hazrat abu hurayra radi Allah anho farmate hain ke:
"Nabi e Kareem Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne najd ki janib kuch sawaroon ko rawana farmaya to wo bani hanifa ke aik shakhs thamama bin athal(samama bin asal) ko griftaar ker ke le aey aur ussay Masjid e Nabvi ke aik satoon se bandh diya……………………….. baqiya hadees is reference per mulaheza farmaeen.
Sahih bukhari vol 2, page 690, baab 538, 1500
HADEES
Bani tamim ki branch bani amber
Ibn is'haq ka qol hai ke ayainya bin hisn bin hudhaifa bin badr ko Rasool e Khuda ne bani tamim ki shaakh bani anber se jahaad kerne bheja. Inhoon ne shab khoon maar ker mard qatal ker diye aur auratoon ko qaid ker liya.
Sahih bukhari vol 2, page 687, baab 536
Sahih Hadith # 1 Prophet [salehalawaalihiwasalam] said Najd and Iraq are Two different places
Book 007, Number 2666: (Sahih Muslim)
Abu Zubair heard Jabir b. 'Abdullah (Allah be pleased with them) as saying as he was asked about (the place for entering upon the) state of Ihram: I heard (and I think he carried it directly to the Apostle of Allah) him saying: For the people of Medina Dhu'l-Hulaifa is the place for entering upon the state of Ihram, and for (the people coming through the other way, i. e. Syria) it is Juhfa; for the people of Iraq it is Dbat al-'Irq; for the people of Najd it is Qarn (al-Manazil) and for the people of Yemen it is Yalamlam.
اب ہم تاریخی واقعات سے ثابت کرتے ہیں کہ نجد صرف ایک مخصوص علاقہ ہے اور جس نجد سے حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم کے زمانے میں ہی بہت زیادہ فتنے نکلے تھے کہ حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم نے اسکے لئے دعا بھی نہیں کی۔ ذرا ان تاریخی واقعات کو دیکھتےہیں
Ab Ham Tareekh waqiyat se sabit kerte hain ke Najd sirf aik makhsoos area hai aur jis Najd se Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke zamanay mein he bahut ziyada fitnay niklay thy ke Aap Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne uske liye dua bhi nahe farmai.
Waqiyaat
1: Hijrat ke 25 mahinay mah rabiul awal mein Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ka Najd ki taraf ghazwa e ghutfaan hai jo al'taheel ke nawah mein zawi amer mein hai.
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko ye khabar pohanchi ke bani thalba wa muharab ki aik barri jama'at ne zawi amer mein jamah ho ke ye qasad kiya hai ke aap ko tamam atraaf se gair lain ye fail bani maharab ke aik admi hai jis ka naam dhator bin al'haris hai. Tabqaat sa'ad Vol 1, Page 271.
2: Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne 70 admiyoun ki aik jama'at jissay qarah yanni qariyoun ke naam se yaad kiya jata tha. Madina ke girdo nawah mein us waqt tak nazal shuda Qur'an ki taleem ke liye bheji thi lakin jab wo us jagah pohanchay thy jissay bair e ma'oona kaha jata hai to bani saleem ke to bani saleem ne ilm ul Qur'an se unhain roka tha aur jab unhoon ne kaha tha ke ham Nabi Kareem Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke hukam se yahan aaeye hain to un dushmanan e islam ne us poori jama'at ko shaheed ker diya. Kaha jata hai aur is ki ta'eed aksar ahle khabar ne ki hai ke abu barah aamir bin maalik bin ja'far ne Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein hazir ho ker Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se arz kiya tha ager Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam dawat dene waloon ko Ahle Najd ki taraf rawana farmaeen to ussay yakeen hai ke wo islam qabool ker ke Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke mateeh ho jaeen gay.
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne ussay islam ki dawat di thi lakin wo dil se musalman nhe hua tha. Ta'ham Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne us ke mazkoora'bala mashwaray ke ba'd Ahle Najd ke Islam lane aur ata'at qabool kerne ke baraey mein andesha zahir kiya tha to Albarah aamir bin maalik ne Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se arz kiya tha ke Ahle Najd us ke hamsaey hain wo iski baat nhe talain gay.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 4, Page 55,56.
3: Sarya abu bakr sadeeq radi Allah anho bani kalab ki janib najd ke muqam per hua.
Sha'ban 7 hijri mein abu bakr sadeeq radi Allah anho dariya ke nawah mein ba'muqaam najd sarya bani kalab hua.
سریہ ابو بکر صدیق رضي اللہ عنہ کلاب کی جانب نجد کے مقام پر ہوا۔
شعبان 7 ہجری میں ابو بکر صدیق رضی اللہ تعالی عنہ کا ضریہ کے نواح میں بمقام نجد سریہ بنی کلاب ہوا۔
Tabqaat ibn sa'ad, vol 1, page 340.
4: Imam bukhari wafad bani hanifa aur qissa samama bin aasaal radi Allah anho k baab mein bayan kerte hain ke Abdullah bin yousuf ne ham se bayan kiya woh kehte hain ke ham se lais bin sa'ad ne bayan kiya woh kehte hain ke mujh se saeed bin abi saeed ne bayan kiya ke us ne Hazrat abu hurayra radi Allah anho se suna woh bayan kerte hain ke
Rasoolallah sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne najd ki janib kuch sawar bhejay jo bani hanifa ke aik admi ko laey jissay samam aasaal radi Allah anho kaha jata tha aur unhoon ne ussay masjid ke aik satoon se bandh diya aur Rasool sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne us ke pass a ker farmaya:
..phir lmba waqia hai.al,bidaya wan'nahaya vol 5 page 79
5:Hazrat abu qatada bin rabai ansari radi Allah anho ka shaban sun 8 ad mein muqaam e khizra ki taraf sarya hai
Ye jagah najd mein banu maharab ki zameen hai.Nabi akram sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne unke hamrah 15 afrad banu ghatfaan ki taraf bhejay .Al'mawahib ladunya vol 1, page 406
:6 سریہ غالب بن عبداللہ اللیثی بجانب المفیعہ:
رسول اللہ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے غالب بن عبداللہ کو بنی عوال اور بنی عبد بن ثعلبہ کی طرف بھیجا جو المیفعہ میں تھے کہ بطن نخل سے النقرہ کی جانب اسی طرف علاقہ نجد میں ہے۔ اسکے اور مدینے کے درمیان آٹھ برد (96میل) کا فاصلہ ہے۔
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne ghaalib bin Abdullah ko bani awaal aur bani abd bin thalba ki taraf bheja jo al'maifha mein thy ke batan nakhl se al'naqra ki janib ussi taraf ilaqa najd mein hai. Us ke aur madina ke darmiyan 8 bard(96 miles) ka fasla hai. Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 1, page 241.
:7: سریہ زید بن حارثہ رضی اللہ تعالی عنہ
ید بن حارثہ رضی اللہ تعالی عنہ کا سریہ القروہ کی جانب ہجرت کی اٹھائیسویں مہینے کے شروع جمادی الآخر میں پیش آیا۔ یہ سب سے پہلا سریہ ہے۔ جس میں زید امیر بن کر نکلے، القروہ نجد کی زمین االزبدہ اور الغمرہ کے درمیان ذات عرق کے نواح میں ہے۔
Zaid bin hartha radi Allah anho ka sarya al'qarwah ki janib hijrat ki 28ween mahinay ke shuru jamadil aakhir mein paish aya. Ye sab se pehla sarya hai jis mein zaid ameer ban ker niklay. Al'qarwah najd ki zameen al'zabda aur al'ghamrah ke darmiyan zaat irq ke nawah mein hai. Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 1. page 272
Comment: is sarya se pata chalta hai ke Najd dhaat irq ke nawah mein hai. Matlab jahan dhat irq khatam hota hai wahan se iski hadood shuru hoti hain.
8: Sarya al.munder bin umroo
Rasoolallallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki hijrat ke 36wain mahinay safar mein bair e ma'oona ki taraf Al'munder bin umroo as'sa'adi ka sarya hua.
Aamir bin jaffar abu brawo malaheb al'asta al'kalabi Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke pass aaya. Aur Aap ko hadya diya' magar Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Qabool nhe farmaya. Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne us per islam paish kiya. Magar us ne islam qabool nhe kiya aur door bhi nhe hua.
Aamir ne darkhawast ki ke ager Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam as'haab mein se chand admi mere hamrah meri qom ke pass bhej dain to umeed hai ke wo AAP Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki dawat qabool ker lain gay aur Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki dawat Qabool ker lain gay. Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke Mujhe Ahle Najd ka khauf hai. Us ne kaha mein to in ke humrah hoon' phir kaise koi un ke samne aaeyga. Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 1 page 285,
9: ghazwa za'at ar'riqah Aur Ghazwa e Najd Qabeela moharab kahan per hai
Ghazwa za'at ar'riqah qabeela moharab se hoi jo qabeela ghatfan ki aik shaakh hai,Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam Nakhl se zaat ar'riqah ki larrai mein gaey wahan ghatfan mile lakin larrai na hoi.
Ghazwa e najd
Hazrat Jabir radi Allah anho farmate hain ke ham ne Aap Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke sath Najd ki taraf jahad kiya tha.
Sahih Bukhari, Vol 2, Hadees 1305.
Commentary: Jis Najd ke Liye Dua Nahe Farmai aur Jis Najd ki kisi ne tareef ki aur farmaya ke tum ne jhoot kaha aur jis Najd ke khilaaf ghazwa mein Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne khud shirkat ki aur apne sahaba e karam ko lashkar de ker bar bar bheja ho. Aur jis Najd ke logoon ke khilaaf Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ki zindagi guzar gai woe Najd Saudi Arabia hai is najd ke markazi mein aaj Riyaz ka Main city hai Ham ne Sahih Hadees, Tareekhi waqiyaat aur scholars ke aqwaal ki roshni mein ye sabit ker diya hai ke Najd Iraq Nahe Balke Riyaz Saudi Arabia wala Najd hai. Is Najd se related aur bahut se waqiyaat hain jo ham agay kuch aur topics ke under laeen gay.
TOPIC 2:
Bani Mudar Aur Bani Rabiyya Kaun Hain Aur Kahan Rehte Hain
بنی مضر اور بنی ربیعہ کہاں ہیں اور کہاں رہتے ہیں
Bani Mudar aur Bani Rabiyya Ka Tareekhi Pas manzar
بنی مضر اور بنی ربیعہ کا تاریخی پس منظر
Mudar Bin Nazaar Aur Rabiyya
Iska aik haqeeqi bhai iyaad tha aur 2 illati bhai Rabiyya aur anmaar thy. Jab nazaar bin ma'd ka akhri waqt aya to us ne apne betoon ko wasiyat ki aur apne maal ko un mein taqseem ker diya, apne betoon ko mukhatab ker ke kaha ke:
1: khaimah jo surkh chamrray ka tha aur is tarah ka doosra maal ye Mudar Ka hai, is wajah se Mudar ka naam Mudar al'hamra howa
2: ye mera siyah black shamiyana aur is rang ka mera doosra maal ye Rabiyya Ka Hai, choonke issay siyah gorra horse mila is liye is ka naam Rabiyya tul fars howa.
3: Aur ye khadim aur is ke mushaba mera jo maal hai wo iyyaad ka hai ye bhoray rang ka tha. Chunanchay iyaad ne ablaq janwar aur khhur ghhassi bhairr bakriyaan le lien.
Tareekh Tibri Vol 2 page 41
Surkh Khaimah, dinar aur oont jo surkh thy wo Mudar ko diye aur siyah shamiyana aur siyah gorray horse Rabiyya ko diye in ke baap ne. Tareekh Tabri Vol 1 Page 42
BANI MUDAR KA QABL AZ ISLAM IKHLAQI HAAL
بنی مضر کے قبل از اسلام اخلاقی حالات
Agerchay Quraish ko Makkah mein aik gona Hakoomat Hasil ho gai aur qabail e Mudar atraaf o jawanib Mumalik ko Shaam O Iraq mein aur kuch hijaaz mein bhi muntashir o mutafariq ho gaey aur baz in mein badiya nasheen o khana badosh ho gaey, aur baz asbaab e ishrat aur samaan e tumaddun ki farahmi mein masroof howe, Kabhi ye Fars o Room se Iraq O Shaam ke Maidanoon Mein Larrte Nazar Ate Thy aur kabhi apni hadood ki hifazat ki gharz se apni qaum ko jamah ker ke ahle Iraq o Shaam se Muqabla kerte dekhai dete thy. In larraiyoun mein aur khoon raiziyoun mein kabhi ye maghloob ho ker kharaj guzari per majboor ho jate thy lakin jab kabhi phir koi moqa hath aa jata tha to kharaaj guzari ata'at e shahi se Mun'harif ho ker mukhalifat ker baithte thy. Algharz thanday kalejay na ye khud pani peete thy aur na peene dete thy. Hamesha shahaan e Iraq o Shaam ko istisaal fasaad o itfa naira fitna mein rehna parta tha. TAREEKH IBN KHALDOON VOL 1 PAGE 31
Bani Mudar Ki Tareekh ki study kerne se pata chala ke ye qabeela bahut jungju aur fitna fasad wala tha. Ye qabeela hamesha se he hakoomat k khilaaf baghawatain kerne wala tha. Jab bhi moqa milta isko ye baghawat ker deta tha. Na khud jeete aur na doosroon ko jeene dete thy. Aur yahan ye bhi pata chala ke ye log apni hadood ki hifazat ke liye ahle Iraq aur ahle shaam waloon se muqabla kerte nazar aate thy. Matlab wazeha howa ke ye qabeela Najd Mein he rehta tha aur yahan se woe ahle iraq aur ahle shaam se fight kiya kerta tha kion ke Najd ki Hadood shaam aur iraq se lagti hain.
Ab Ham Ahadees Ki Roshni Mein Dekhte Hain Ke Bani Mudar Kahan Rehti Hain Aur Bani Rabiya Kahan Rehti Hai.
ہم ایک لمبی حدیث کا ایک حصّہ بیان کرتے ہیں
Ham aik lambi hadees ka aik hissa bayan kerte hain
Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam! Ham sirf hurmat wale mahinoon mein he aap ki khidmat mein hazir ho sakte hain kion ke hamaray aur aap ke darmiyan ye mudar qabeela ke kuffaar hail hain. Sahih bukhari vol 1 page 13
Hadees
Ibn Abbas radi Allah anhuma se marvi hai wo kehte hain ke wafd abdul qais Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki Khidmat Mein Aya aur Arz Kiya
Ya Rasoolallah! Ham rabiyya ka qabeela hain aur kuffaar mudar hamaray aur aap ke darmiyan rakawat hain lehaza ham aap ki khidmat mein siwaey sheher e haram ken he aa sakte.. ……. Reference full hadees : Sahih Bukhari, Hadees 1502, Page 1467
تبصرہ
ان احادیث میں بتایا گیا کہ قبیلہ قیس کے مسلمانوں اور مدینہ والوں کے درمیان مضرکا کافر قبیلہ حائل ہے۔ اب ہمیں دیکھنا پڑیگا کہ یہ قبیلہ قیس کے لوگ کہاں
کے رہنے والے تھے۔ قبیلہ قیس بنی ربیعہ کی ایک شاخ ہے،
Comment
Is hadees mein bataya gia ke qabeela qais ke musalmanoon aur madina waloon ke darmiyan mudar ka kafir qabila rakawat hai. Ab dekhna hai ke ye qabeela qais ke log kahan ke rehne wale thy. Qabeela qais bani rabiyya ki aik shaakh hai.
Hadees
Aey Allah! Abdul qais ki maghfirat farma ke ye raza mandi se kisi ke jabr ke baghair musalman ho gaey hain ab ye sharminda hoongy aur na he halaak, Jab ke hamari qaum ke kuch log us waqt tak musalman nhe hote jab tak ruswa aur halaak na ho jaeen, phir Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Apne Chehray ka rukh morrtay howe qibla ki janib kiya aur farmaya Ahle Mashraq mein sab se behtareen log Banu Abdul qais hain.
Musnad Ahmad bin Humble, vol 7, page 360 Hadees 17983.
Ye wafd Bahrain ka rehne wala tha. Matlab ke Madina ke mashraq mein Bahrain ata hai
Is ki sharah mein ibn hajjar asqalani kehte hain ke
is mein daleel hai ke qabeela abdul qais qabail mudar se pehle musalman hua aur mudar qabeela abdl qais aur madeena ke darmiyan abad tha aur abdl qais ka ilaqa Bahrain aur iraq ki atraaf se is ke sath milne wale ilaqay thy.
Fathul bari vol 1, page 132
AB HAM IMAM NOWAWI KI SHARAH KI ROSHNI MEIN DEKHTE HAIN.
IMAM NOWAVI QABEELA ABDUL QAIS KE BARAY MEIN APNI SHARAH MEIN LIKHTE HAIN.
Ahle Mashraq mein se afzal abdul qais ka wafad tumaray pass pohanch chukka hai. Un mein ashaj asri bhi hain wo ehad torne ya tabdeel krne wale nhe aur na he shak kerne wale hain. Kion ke qaum abi tak musalman nhe hoi yahan tak ke wo un se tanha ho gay hain. Sharah sahih muslim, vol 1 page 33
ALAMA BADRUD DIN AINI ISKI SHARAH MEIN LIKHTE HAIN.
Rabiyya (Abdl Qais) aur Madina ke darmiyan kuffaar ka qabeela Mudar Abad tha aur Rabiyya ke logoon ko Madina aate waqt Mudar Se Guzer ker ana hota tha. Umdatul qari vol 1 page 305
Comment
Hadees aur Imam ibn hajjar asqalani aur Imam nowavi ki sharah se ye baat pata chali ke qabeela qais mashraq mein ha aur Qabeela qais iraq ke border aur Bahrain mein rehta hai. Ham Bahrain wale qol ko ziyada tarjeeh dain gay kion ke yehi ilaqa Hadees se sabit hai bani rabiyya ki shaakh qabeela abdl qais ka.
Ab aaeye us hadees ko parhte hain jo hamaray daway ko sach sabit kerti hai.
Hadees
Hazrat Ibn Abbas radi Allah anhuma se rawayat hai ke Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam Ki Masjid mein Jumah Ki namaz hone ke ba'd sab se Pehle Jumah ki Namaz ada ki gai wo (Muqaam) jawathi mein Abdl Qais ki masjid hai. Jawathi Bahrain mein aik jagah ka naam hai. Sahih Bukhari vol 2 page 1469 Hadees 1504
Comment
Sabit howa ke Bahrain Madina ke Mashraq mein hai aur bani rabiyya ki shaakh qais Bahrain mein rehti hai. Aur Bahrain aur Madinah ke darmiyan jo ilaqa ata hai woe Mudar Qabeela Ka Hai. Aur Yaad Rahe ke Najd ke ilaqay mein he ye Mudar Qabeela ata hai Aur Rabiyya Bahrain ke area mein ata hai aur Bahrain bhi Najd mein he shaamil hai.
Qabeela Qais Bahrain Se Aya Tha
QAIS KA QABEELA BAHUT BARRA QABEELA THA JO Bahrain mein rehtay thy .
al'muwahib laduniya , Page 652 vol 1
Qabeela Rabiyya Bahrain mein hai Jo Madina Ke Bilkul Mashraq Mein hai. More detail reference is below:
"Majmuaz zawaiyd Vol 3 Hadees 6699 Aur Tabarani fil kabeer Vol 18, Hadees 93,95
Ooper ki ahadees se sabit howa ke Mudar Qabeela qabeela Qais ke darmiyan mein hai. Aur ham ne ahadees ki roshni mein dekha ke qabeela qais Bahrain Mein hai. Aur Hadees se sabit howa ke Bahrain Mashraq mein hai. Aur Bahrain ke border se Saudi Arabia ka Najd ka area shuru hota hai Yemen,Madina, shaam aur Iraq Ke darmiyan tak hai.
Ab koi Ye bhi Keh sakta hai ke Bahrain Mojooda Bahrain nahe tha Balke woe koi aur Bahrain tha. Is ke rad ke liye ham ye hawala paish ker dete hain
Bahrain kahan per hai.
Pas hazrat al'ilah bin al'hazrami radi Allah anho ne Hazrat Umer radi Allah anho ki ijazat ke baghair inhain (lashkar ko) samunder mein sawar ker ke Iran le gaey aur Hazrat Umer radi Allah anho is baat ko napasand krte thy kion ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu alaihe wasallam aur Hazrat Abu bakr radi Allah anho ne is mein musalmanoon ki jung nhe kerwai, Pas ye foujain Bahrain se Iran chali gaeen.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 117
Iran aur iraq ka border aik doosry ke sath attach hai. Jab ke iran aur Bahrain ke darmiyan samunder ata hai. Aur above isi Bahrain ka zikr howa hai jo mojooda Bahrain hai kion ke samunder in donooon ke darmiyan hai aur boats per jane ka matlab yehi hai ke samunder ke rasty hamla krne ja rahe thy iran per.
Banu Tamim Kis Nasl Se Hai Aur Kis Qabeelay Se Talluk Rakhti Hai
بنو تمیم کس نسل سے ہے اور کس قبیلے سے تعلق رکھتی ہے!
بنو تمیم حضرت اسماعیل علیہ السّلام کی نسل سے ہیں اور حضرت اسماعیل علیہ السّلام کی نسل سے ہی مضر تھے۔ اورمضر کی نسل سے ہی بنو تمیم بھی ہیں۔ اور حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم نے خود کو بھی مضری فرمایا ہے۔اور قبیلہ اسلم بھی حضرت اسماعیل علیہ السّلام کی نسل سے ہیں۔ اور حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم نے فرمایا ہے کہ مضر اور بیعہ سے شیطان کے دو سینگ نکلیں گے۔ اب یہاں لوگ اعتراض کرسکتے ہیں کہ حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم خود اس قبیلے سے ہیں تو وہاں سے شیطان کا سینگ کیسے نکل سکتا ہے۔ اسکو ہم چھوٹی سی مثال سے سمجھاتےہیں کہ کسی کے سات بیٹے ہوں جن میں سے دو غلط کام کرتے ہوں تو لوگ انکے دو بیٹوں کا نام نہیں لیں گے بلکہ باپ کا نام لیں گے اگرچہ باقی بیٹے اچھے ہوں۔اسی لئے حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم نے ان کا نام لیا جن سے بہت سی شاخیں چھوٹے بڑے قبیلوں کی صورت میں نکلی کیونکہ اگر حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم ان فتنہ پرست قبیلوں کا نام لے لیتے تو لوگ ان سے نفرت کرنے لگتے اور ان سے بول چال ہی ختم کردیتے۔ اس لئے کچھ چیزوں کو مصلحت کے تحت تھوڑا چھپا دیاگیا لیکن ساتھ بنیاد بھی بتا دی۔
Banu Tamim Hazrat Ismaeel alaihessalam ki nasl se hain aur Hazrat Ismail alaihessalam ki nasl se he Mudar thy Aur Mudar Ki Nasl se he banu tamim bhi hain aur Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne khud ko bhi Mudari farmaya hai. Aur Qabeela Aslam Bhi Hazrat Ismail alaihessalam ki nasl se hai. Aur Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya hai ke Mudar Aur Rabiyya se Shaitan ke 2 seeng niklain gay.ab yahan log aitraz ker sakte hain ke Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam Khud is qabeelay se hain to wahan se shaitan ka seeng kaise nikal sakta hai. Isko ham chhoti si misaal se samjhate hain ke kisi ke saat bety hon jin mein se 2 ghalt kaam krte hn to log un 2 betoon ka naam nhe lain gy balke baap ka naam lain gy agerchy baqi bety achy hon. Isi liye Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne unka naam liya jin se chhoti barri shakhain nikli kion ke ager Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam un fitna parast qabeeloon ka naam le lete to log un se nafrat kerne lagte aur log un se bol chaal khatm ker dete isi liye kuch cheezon ko chhupane mein he maslehat thi.
Bani Mudar Ke Hawalay se Ager Koi Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam per aitraz Kray To Uska Jawab Ye below Hadees hai
، عن ابن عمر رضي الله عنهما قال: { إنا لقعود بفناء النبي r إذ مرت بنا ([1]) امرأة، فقال بعض القوم: هذه ابنة رسول الله r . فقال أبو سفيان: مثل محمد في بني هاشم، مثل الريحانة في وسط النتن، فانطلقت المرأة فأخبرت ([2]) النبي r فجاء النبي r يعرف في وجهه الغضب فقال: " ما بال أقوال تبلغني عن أقوام، إن الله خلق السموات
سبعا فاختار العلى ([3]) منها، وأسكنها من شاء من خلقه، ثم خلق الخلق، فاختار من الخلق بني آدم، واختار من بني آدم العرب، واختار من العرب مضر، واختار من مضر قريشا، واختار من قريش بني هاشم، واختارني من بني هاشم، فأنا من خيار إلى خيار، فمن أحب العرب، فبحبي أحبهم، ومن أبغض العرب فببغضي أبغضهم } ([4]) .
([1]) أخرجه الحاكم في المستدرك ، كتاب معرفة الصحابة ، ذكر فضائل القبائل ، (4 / 73 ، 74)
اب ہم دیکھتے ہیں بنو تمیم کا شجرہ نسب سلفیوں کی زبان سے
Bani Tamim Ka Hasb O Nasb
Adnan
Saad
Saad se 2 shakhain
1: Mudar
2: Rabiyya
Mudar Ki Shakhain
1: qabais ailan
2: Tami
3: Khaziha
Rabiyya Ki Shakhain
1: Waiyl
2: Anza
Waiyl Ki 2 Shakhain
1: Thalba
2: Bakr
(Al'Manjd Hissa Tareekh Page 458
Mein Mudar ki is Shajra e Nasb se itfaq nahe kerta kion ke is mein kahi aur shakoon ka bayan nahe howa hai lakin Phir bhi aik Shajrah ke tor per tasleem ker lete hain kion ke ham ne banu tamim ka shajra nasb dekhna hai na ke doosri shakhoon ka.
Is hawalay se badrud din aini farmate hain:
Tamim mudar ka bahut barra qabeela hai, ye tamim bin mer bin adban bin tabkha bin ilyas bin mudar ki taraf mansoob hai.
Umdatul Qari, Vol 13, page 104, page 83, vol 8.
Bani Tamim Kahan Rehti Hai
بنی تمیم کہاں رہتی ہے
Banu Tamim Najd Mein he Rehni wali hai.
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne najd ke sardaroon Hazrat Aqra bin habis , hazrat ainiya bin badr aur un ke digger sathiyoun ko sona ata kiya..
Is ki sharah mein Alama Badrud Din Aini najd ke sardar Hazrat Aqrah bin habis radi Allah anho ke baray mein likhte hain ke :
Ibn is'haaq farmate hain ke Hazrat aqrah bin habis tamimi radi Allah anho atard bin hajib ke sath bani tamim ke ashraaf ke sath bargah e risalat mein Hazir hoey.
Umdatul Qari vol 15, page 229
Alama Badrud din aini khawarij ke baray mein likhte hain ke:
علامہ بدرالدّین عینی شارح صحیح بخاری خوارج کے بارے میں لکھتے ہیں
Ye (zil khwaisra ki nasal ke ) log Najd ke us muqaam se niklay jahan banu tamim abad hain.
Umdatul Qari Vol 24, page 90
Comment:
Hadees aur Sharah se Wazeha howa ke Banu Tamim ka qabeela Najd ka rehne wala Hai. Aur issi nasl se sab se pehla gustakh nikla tha jis ka naam dhil khawaysra tamimi tha
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Hazrat ainiya bin hasn fazari radi Allah anho ko banu tamim ki taraf maqam satya mein bheja aur ye banu tamim ki sarzameen hai. Aap moharam al'haram sun 9 hijri mein 50 arbi shahsawaroon ko le ker tashreef le gaey thy, jin mein koi mohajir aur Ansaar nhe thy ……. … in sawaroon ne sehra mein banu tamim ke logoon per achanak hamla kia ,,,,, more detail reference is:
Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 3 page 160
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke ghazwaat aur saryah ki kul tadad 82 hai, qazi sulman mansoor poori ne likha aur un mein se 23 ghazwat o sarya qabaail e najd ke sath paish aaey.
تبصرہ
اب تک کی ہونے والی بحث سے ثابت ہوا کہ نجد ان علاقوں کے درمیان کے علاقے کو کہتے ہیں جو شام، عراق،مدینہ اور یمن کے درمیان کا علاقہ ہے۔ اور قبیلہ قیس بحرین میں آباد تھا جن کو اہل مشرق کہا گیا ہے اور مضر کا قبیلہ مدینہ اور بحرین کے درمیان تھا۔ اور مضر قبیلہ قبل از اسلام سے ہی بہت خودسر تھے۔ اور یہ قبیلہ موجودہ نجد ریاض ہی کے علاقے میں آباد تھے۔ بنو تمیم قبیلہ مضر کی ایک بڑی شاخ ہے۔اور بنوتمیم آج بھی نجد ریاض کے شمال کی جانب ہے۔ جو مدینہ کے عین مشرق میں آتی ہے۔
اور یہ وہی نجد ہے جس میں23 غزوات اور سریہ قبائل نجد کے ساتھ تھے جبکہ حضور صلّی اللّہ علیہ وآلہ وسلّم کے غزوات اور سریہ کی کل تعدار 82 ہے۔
اب ہم اپنے اصلی مقصد کی طرف آتے ہیں اور وہ احادیث بیان کرتے ہیں جن میں فتنوں کا ذکر آیا ہے اور ان احادیث کا تعلق مشرق اور نجد سے ہے۔
AHADEES E MASHRAQ AUR HADEES NAJD
احادیث مشرق اور حدیث نجد
ان تمام احادیث میں "یطلع قرن الشّیطان " اور مشرق کا ذکر آیا ہے
رسول اللہ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے یمن کی طرف اپنے دست مبارک سے اشارہ کرتے ہوئے فرمایا ایمان تو یہی ہے اور سخت مزاجی اور سنگ دلی ربیعہ اور مضر اونٹ والوں میں ہے جو اونٹوں کی دموں کے پیچھے پیچھے ہانکتے چلے جاتے ہیں جہاں سے شیطان کے دو سینگ نکلیں گے یعنی ربیعہ اور مضر۔
صحیح مسلم ، ج1، حدیث 183، ص 184
Rasoolallah sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne yemen ki taraf ishara kiya aur farmaya ke imaan yemani hai aur agah ho jao ke fitnah aur sangdili oontoon ki dummoon ke qareeb rehne waloon Mudar aur Rabiya mein hai jahan se shaitan ke 2 seeng niklain gay.
Sahih muslim hadees Page 52, vol 1, bukhari 466, vol 1
HADEES
Hazrat abu masaud radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Yemen ki Taraf apne dast e Mubarak se ishara kerte hoey farmaya imaan to yahan (Yemen) hai aur sakhti aur sangdili Rabiyya aur Mudar oontoon waloon mein hai jo oontoon ki dummoon ke peechay peechhay hankte chale jate hain. Jahan se shaitan ke 2 seeng niklain gay yanni qabeela Rabiyya aur Mudar
Sahih Muslim vol 1, page 184, Hadees 183
Hadees
Abu Hurayra radi Allah anho se marvi hai ke Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke: Imaan Yemni hai aur kuffer mashraqi hai. Bakriyoun waloon ke liye sakoon o itminaan hai jab ke oont (camel) aur gorray (horse) waloon mein takabbur, gharoor aur darushtagi paee jati hai. Aur dajjal jab ohad ke peechhay pohanchay ga to farishtay uska rukh shaam ki taraf morr dain gay jahan wo halaak hoga. Ye hadees Hassan sahih hai
Jami'a Trimdi Vol 2, Page 139 Hadees 124
HADEES
Hazrat Ibn Umer radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu alaihe wasallam Hazrat Hafsa radi Allah anha ke darwazay ke pass kharray howy thy to Aap Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne apne hath se mashraq ki taraf ishara farmaya aur farmaya fitnah yahan hoga jahan se shaitan ka seeng talooh hota hai, issay Aap sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne 2 ya 3 bar martaba farmaya. Aur ubaidullah bin saeed ne apni rawayat mein Aap Sallallahu Alaihe wasallam syeda Ayesha Radi Allah Anha ke darwazay ke pass kharray thy. Sahih Muslim, Vol 3, Page 1836 Hadees 2796
HADEES
Hazrat Ibn Umer Radi Allah anho rawayat kerte hain ke aik martaba Hazoor sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne 2 martaba ye dua ki ke
Aey Allah! Hamaray shaam aur Yemen Mein barkatain Nazil farma, Aik Admi ne arz kiya Ya Rasoolallah! Hamaray mashraq ke liye bhi Dua farmaiye! Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Wahan se to Shaitan Ka seeng talooh (nikalta) hota hai aur 10 mein se 9 feesad sher yehi hota hai. Sahih Bukhari, Hadees 7094, Ibn Hibban 7301
AHADEES:
Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke kuffer ka markaz mashraq ki taraf hai, fakhr o takabbar gorray waloon mein aur oont waloon mein hai jin ke dil sakht hain aur narmi akhlaqi aur maskeeni bakri waloon mein hai
Aik aur hadees mein farmate hain ke Imaan to Yemen Waloon mein hai aur kuffer mashraq ki taraf hai aur bakri waloon mein maskeeni, naram mazaji hoti hai aur gharoor aur riya kari, sakht mazaji aur badkhalqi gorroon waloon aur oontoon waloon mein hai. Sahih Muslim Vol 1, Page 186/187, Hadees 187/188
Hadees
Hazrat Abu Hurayra Radi Allah Anho se Rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Farmaya: Imaan Yemeni Hai Aur Kuffer Mashraqi hai, Bakriyoun waloon ke liye Sakoon o Itminaan Hai Jab ke oont aur gorray waloon mein takabbur, gharoor aur darushtagi Pai Jati Hai Aur dajjal jab ohad (Madina ke Mashriq) ke peechhay pohanchay ga To farishtay us ka Rukh shaam ki taraf Morr Dain gay, Jahan wo halak hoga. Ye hadees Sahih Hai
Jami'a Trimdi Vol 2, Page 139 Hadees 124
Comment: is hadees se pata chala ke takabur aur gharoor aur kuffer mashraq waloon mein hai jo gorroon aur oontoon wale hain. Aur Najd ki taraf se he Dajjal Ohad paharr ke peechay aey ga aur ohad pahar madina ki mashraqi Riyaz Wali side mein hai. Aur zahir hai jab ohad tak aey ga to Najd se he guzar ker aey ga aur us dajjal ke sathi bhi najd se bhi hoongy.
Hadees:
Hazrat abu masaud radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se suna hai ke ussi taraf yanni mashraq ki taraf se fitnay uthhain gay, zulm aur sangdilli shutter'banoon mein hai yanni ooni khaimoon waloon ke haan, oont aur gaey (cow) ki dummoon ke pass yanni rabiyya aur mudar ke qabeela mein hai.
Sahih Bukhari vol 2, Page 717 hadees 715
Hadees
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke diloon ki sakhti aur sakht mazaji mashraq waloon mein hai, imaan hijaaz waloon mein hai Sahih Muslim vol 1 page 192, Hadees 195
Comment:
In ahadees mein bahut si cheezain common hain aik hain.
1: fitnah aur sangdili oontoon ki dummoon
2: sakhti aur sangdili Rabiyya aur Mudar oontoon waloon
3: kuffer mashraqi hai
4: oont (camel) aur gorray (horse) waloon mein takabbur, gharoor aur darushtagi
5: kuffer ka markaz mashraq ki taraf hai
6: fakhr o takabbar gorray waloon mein aur oont waloon mein
7: gharoor aur riya kari, sakht mazaji aur badkhalqi gorroon waloon aur oontoon waloon mein hai.
8: ussi taraf yanni mashraq ki taraf se fitnay uthhain gay
9: diloon ki sakhti aur sakht mazaji mashraq waloon
Fitna sangdili oont waloon mein hai aur oont banu Mudar ke thy aur gorray Rabiyya ke thy. Takabbur aur gharoor bhi inhi mein hai. Aur inhi oont aur gorray waloon matlab bani Mudar aur Bani Rabiyya se he shaitan ke 2 seeng niklain gayl. In sab ahadees mein mashraq se jo cheez murad li gai hai wo Banu Mudar Aur Banu Rabiyya Hai.aur bani rabbiya hadees ke mutabiq Bahrain mein thi aur Bani Mudar Bahrain Aur Madina ke rastay mein hai. Aur rastay mein woe poora ilaqa Najd ata hai jis se shaitan ke seeng niklne ki paish goi farmai gai thi. Ye sari ahadees sahih bukhari aur muslim se li gai hain aur Allah ke karam se koi dhaeef hadees nahe hai. Aur baat sari clear ho gai hai Ahadees, Tareekh aur scholars ki opinion ki roshni mein najd yehi najd hai jo mojooda hai yehi shaitan wala najd hai. Beshak 12 najd hoongy lakin jo najd hadees mein muraad liya gia woe najd yehi hai.
AB HAM AYAAT E QUR'ANI AUR AHADEES SE DOBARA DEKHTE HAIN
اب ہم آیات قرآنی کی روشنی میں دیکھتے ہیں ان لوگوں کی خصوصیات جن کی نشاندہی احادیث میں بھی کی گئی اور جن کی مذمت قرآن میں بھی بہت ہوئی
اب ہم صحیح بخاری کی ایک اہم حدیث بیان کرنے لگے ہیں، بیشک اس سے پہلے مشرق اور فتنے سے متعلق احادیث پیش کی ہیں لیکن اس حدیث پر غور کرنے سے بہت کچھ سمجھ آجاتا ہے اور اس سے متعلق کچھ آیات بھی ملتی ہیں۔
Hadees
Hazrat Abu Hurayra Radi Allah Anho farmate hain ke mein ne Rasoolallalh Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se suna ke Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam farmatay hain ke Yemen Wale Aa Gaey hain ye log nehayat narm dil aur kamzor dil hain imaan bhi yemni aur hikmat bhi yemani aur maskeeni bakri waloon mein aur fakhr o gharoor shor machane wale dehatiyoun mein jo mashraq ki Taraf rehte hain. Sahih Muslim, vol 1 Page 189, Hadees 191
Comment:
Shor machane wale dehation ko mashraq mein kaha gia hai. In shor machane wale dehatiyoun se kiya muraad hai?
Aaeye surat Al'Hujrat ayat Number 4,5:
Tarjuma
Beshak wo tumain hujroon ke bahir se Pukarte hain un mein aksar be'aqal hain aur ager wo sabr krte yahan tak aap un ke pass tashreef late to ye un ke liye achha tha.
Ye ayat bani tamim ke dehati logoon ke haq mein nazil hoi, qabeela bani tamim ke chand log dopehar ke waqt Masjid Nabvi mein aaey. Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam us waqt aram farma rahe thy to ye log bahir se awazain dene lage thy ke aey Muhammad bahir aeye.
Ibn kathir ayat number 4 aur 5 ki tafseer mein likhte hain:
un logoon ki muzammat bayan farmai ja rahi hai jo hujroon ke bahir se pukarte hain, Ye ummahat ul mo'maneen ke ghar thy. Ajad badwoon ( uneducated, jahil dehati logoon) ka yehi tarika tha. Ye iqrah bin habis tamimi ke baray mein nazil hoi.
Tafseer Ibn Kathir, Vol 4, page 363, Surat al'hujraat
Comment:
Ye ayat Najd ke logoon jo bani tamim ke thy un ke hawalay se nazil hoi. Aur ibn kathir tafseer mein likhte hain ke ajad badwoon ka yehi tarika hai.
(yanni zor se bolna, shor kerna). Badu dehati ko kehte hain.
ب ہم ایک اور آیت پیش کرتے ہیں جو نجد کے حوالے سے نازل ہوئی۔
Surat Al'fateh ki ayat aur uski tafseer bahawala najdi fitnah
"Anqareeb tum sakht larrai wali qaum ki taraf bulaey jao gay.
Surat Al'fateh :16
is ayat ki tafseer mein qadi thana ullah pati farmate hain
zahri muqatal aur aik jama'at ka ye qol hai ke is se banu hanifa yamamah ke bashinday aur musaylma kazzab ke sathi murad thy.
Hazrat Rafeh bin khadaij sahabi radi Allah anho farmate hain ke ham ye ayat parhte to thy mager ye maloom na tha ke ye kaun log hain? Jab hazrat Abu bakr sadiq radi Allah anho bani hanifa najdion ke khilaaf jehad ki dawat di to hamain pata chala ke is ayat se ye log muraad hain. Ye aksar mufasreen ka qol hai.
Tafseer Mazhari, vol 9, page 22
Comment:
is se andaza hota hai ke Najd ke fitnoon ke hawalay se ayaat mein pehle he bayan ker diya gia tha. Aur is se pata chalta hai ke yehi Najd Murad Hai jis ke hawale se ahadees bayan hoi hain.
Ab ham aik aur ayat paish kerte hain phir is ke nichay aik hadees bayan krain gay
Munafiq jo shirk ka fatwa lagate hain
Ayat ka tarjuma
Jis ne Rasool ki ata'at ki us ne meri ata'at ki
SHAAN E NAZOOL
Mufasir shaheer alama fakhrud din razi (wisal 606) apni shohra afaq tafseer kabeer mein likhte hain ke Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe wasallam ne farmaya jis ne meri ata'at ki us ne dar'haqeeqat Allah ki ata'at ki, Munafiqoon ne kaha ye hamain Ghair Allah ki ebadat se rokte hain halanke ye khud shirk ke qareeb hain. Ye chahte hain ke ham unhain Rab maan lain jaisa ke isaiyoun ne Isa bin maryam alaihessalam ko apna Rab Mana, is per Allah ta'ala ne ye ayat nazil ki :
Jis ne Rasool ki ata'at ki beshak us ne meri ata'at ki. Surat an'nisa Ayat 80.
(Tafseer Kabeer wa Tafseer Khazen)
Comment: yahan per kuch logoon ko Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ki ata'at mein shirk nazar aya. Aur un ko Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke farman mein kammi nazar eye. Bilkul isi tarah najd ke banu tamim qabeela ke dhil khawaysra tamimi ko bhi Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ki taqseem mein kammi nazar eye to us ne be'adli ka bohtan laga diya Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam per.
Bani Tamim Ki Refutation
Kuch log aik he Hadees jo mukhtalif sihah e sitta ki kitaboon mein bayan hoi hai, us ke bahut se hawale de dete hain ye dekho bani tamim ki fazilat. Lakin wo ahadees nahe share krte jis mein Banu Tamim Ne Basharat ko thokra diya aur na wo hadees dekhate hain jis mein banu tamim ko mehroom ker diya gia. Ab ham sirf chand ahadees is hawale se bayan krain gy kion ke hamara maqsad aik baat ko chand misaloon se samjhana hai. Samajhne wale ke liye aik he baat kafi hoti hai aur na samajhne wale ke liye lakh batain bhi samajh nahe ati hain
Bani Tameem constitute the majority of the inhabitants of the Najd that is in Saudi Arabia.
The hadeeth of Saheeh Bukhaaree reported by Abu Hurayra (RA): "I have loved the people of the tribe of Bani Tameem, ever since I heard three things the Messenger of Allaah , sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, said about them. I heard him saying, 'these people (of the tribe of Bani Tameem) would stand firm against the Dajjaal.' When the Saddaqat from that tribe came, the Messenger of Allaah , sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, said, "these are the Saddaqat (charitable gifts) of our folk." Aa'ishah had a slave girl from that tribe, and the Prophet , sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, said to Aa'ishah, 'manumit her as she is a descendant of Ismaa'eel, alayhis salaam.'" [Hadeeth no. 2543, 4366 of al-Fath].
Hazrat abu hurayra radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke jab se mein ne Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se bani tamim ke baray mein teen 3 batain suni hain mein un se hamesha mohabbat rakhhta hon, Aap ne farmaya un mein ye 3 batain pai jati hain.
1: meri ummat mein se wo dajjal per sab se ziyada sakht hoon gay.
2: aur hazrat Ayesha radi Allah anha ke pass un ki aik qaidi aurat thi, Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: " issay azad ker do ye Hazrat Isma'il alaihessalam ki aulad mein se hai.
3: aur un ke sadqaat aaeye to Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya " ye meri qom ke sadqaat hain"
Comment: ooper bayan ki gai hadees mein 3 batain ba yan hoi hain.
1: wo dajjal per sab se ziyada sakht hongy. Is se pata chala ke banu tamim he woe maghroor aur sakht dil log hain jin ka zikr ahadees mein aya hai ke Diloon ki sakhti Aur Gharoor Mashraq mein hai.
2: doosra point hai Ye Hazrat Ismail Alaihessalam ki olad mein se hain. Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Qabeela Aslam ko bhi Hazrat Ismail Alaihessalam ki olad qarar diya hai.
Qabeela Aslam Olad Ismail Se Hai:
Hazrat Salma Radi Allah Anha se marvi hai: Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam Qabeela Aslam Ke Kuch Logoon ki taraf tashreef le gaey aur wo bazaar mein teer andazi ker rahe thy to Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya:
Aey olad e Ismail! Teer andazi kro is liye ke tumaray baap (ismail) teer andaz thy aur mein falaan shakhs ke sath hoon kisi aik fareeq ke baray mein (Aap ne aisa farmaya) pas doosray fareeq ke logoon ne apne hath rok liye, Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke in ko kiya ho gia! Logoon ne arz kiya ham kaise teer andazi krain Aap to falaan ke sath hain farmaya: teer andazi kro mein sab ke sath hoon. Sahih Bukhari Vol 2 Hadees 723
Is se pata chala ke ye imtiyaz sirf banu tamim ke liye he nhe balke aur bhi bahut se tribes aur mulkoon ko hasil hai. Jaisa ke Abi Ham point 3 mein Bataeen gay.
3: ye meri qaum ke sadqat hain. Even the most positive interpretation, however, allows us to conclude no more than that the Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) was pleased with that tribe at the moment it paid its zakat. As we shall see, its payment of zakat proved to be short-lived.
Ye bhi sirf banu tamim ko imtiyaz hasil nhe jaisa ke point 2 mein qabeela aslam se wazeha hogia hai. Ab ham aik aur hawala de ker is baat ko Mazeed wazeha kerte hain
Ghalib b. Abjur said: ‘I mentioned Qays in the presence of Allah’s Messenger (s) and he said, "May Allah show His mercy to Qays." He was asked, "O Messenger of God! Are you asking for His mercy for Qays?" and he replied, "Yes. He followed the religion of our father Ismail b. Ibrahim, Allah’s Friend. Qays! Salute our Yemen! Yemen! Salute our Qays! Qays are Allah’s cavalry upon the earth."
’ (Tabarani, declared sahih by al-Haythami, X, 49.)
Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) said: ‘O Allah, bless [the tribe of] Ahmas and its horses and its men sevenfold.’ (Ibn Hanbal, in Haythami, Majma X, 49. According to al-Haythami its narrators are all trustworthy.)
Abu Hurayra narrated that Allah’s Messenger (s) said: ‘How excellent a people are Azd, sweet-mouthed, honouring their vows, and pure of heart!’
(Ibn Hanbal via a good (hasan) isnad, according to Haythami, X, 49.)
Anas b. Malik said: ‘If we are not from Azd, we are not from the human race.’
(Tirmidhi, Manaqib, 72; confirmed by Mubarakfuri, X, 439 as hasan gharib sahih.)
Abdallah ibn Mas‘ud said: ‘I witnessed Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) praying for this clan of Nakh‘.’ Or he said: ‘He praised them until I wished that I was one of them.
’ (Ibn Hanbal, with a sound isnad. Haythami, X, 51.)
Umm Salama narrated that Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) gave the following counsel on his deathbed: ‘By Allah, I adjure you by Him, concerning the Egyptians, for you shall be victorious over them, and they will be a support for you and helpers in Allah’s path.’ (Tabarani, classed by al-Haythami as sahih [Majma‘, X, 63].) (For more on the merit of the Egyptians
see Sahih Muslim, commentary by Imam al-Nawawi [Cairo, 1347], XVI, 96-7.)
Qays ibn Sa‘d narrated that Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) said: ‘Were faith to be suspended from the Pleiades, men from the sons of Faris [south-central Iran] would reach it.’
(Narrated in the Musnads of both Abu Ya‘la and al-Bazzar, classified as Sahih by al-Haythami. Majma, X, 64-5. See further Nawawi’s commentary to Sahih Muslim, XVI, 100.)
بنی تمیم نے بشارت ٹھکرا دی۔
Bani Tamim Ne Basharat Thokra Di
Hazrat imran bin hasain radi Allah anhuma farmaty hain ke bani tamim ke logoon ki aik jama'at Nabi Kareem Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein hazir hoi.
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya:
"aey banu tamim!
Basharat ko qabool kro.
(bani tamim wale) lagay Ya Rasoolallah! Hamain basharat to de di, kuch maal bhi enayat farmaeiye.
Is jawab ka aser chehra anwar per per numayan tha. Phir Yemen ke logoon ki aik jama'at i. wo arz guzar hoey jab ke banu tamim ne to issay qabool nhe kiya.
Wo arz guzar hoey Ya Rasoolallah! Ham ne qabool ki.
Sahih bukhari vol 2, page 687, baab 535.hadees 1493
On the authority of Imran ibn Husayn (r.a.): ‘A group of Tamimites came to the Prophet (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam), and he said: "O tribe of Tamim! Receive good news!" "You promise us good news, so give us something [money]!" they replied. And his face changed. Then some Yemenis came, and he said: "O people of Yemen! Accept good news, even though the tribe of Tamim have not accepted it!" And they said: "We accept." And the Prophet (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) began to speak about the beginning of creation, and about the Throne.’
(Bukhari, Bad’ al-Khalq, 1.)
Comment
Pata chala ke Banu Tamim ne to basharat khushkhabri he thokra di hai. Sirf maal ki hirs ki wajah se.
Ab ham Aik Aur Hadees Bayan Kerte Hain Jo Hamain Banu Tamim Ki Hesiyat Clear Ker De gi.
Bani Tamim Nakam aur namurad
Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho rawayat kerte hain ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne irshad farmaya ke tum jante ho jaheena, mazeena, aslam aur ghaffaar ke qabeelay bani tamim,bani asad,bani Abdullah bin ghatfan aur bani aamir bin sah'saha se bahut achhay hain to aik admi ne arz kiya ke bani tamim waghaira na'murad aur na'kaam ho gaey? Irshad farmaya Haan, Jaheena waghaira ke qabail bani tamim, bani asad, bani Abdullah bin ghatfan aur bani aamir bin sah'saha se bahut achhay hain.
Sahih Bukhari vol 2, Page 731, Hadees 7310
Hazrat Abu Bakra radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke iqrah bin habs ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se arz kiya ke siraaq al'hajeej jo aslam qabeela se hai aur Ghaffaar Mazeena aur Jaheena ne Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se bait ki Hai to Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya Kiya tum Jante ho?
Aslam, Mazeena Aur Jaheena ye Sab Banu tameem, banu amir aur ghatfaan nakaam aur na'muraad se behter hain. Iqrah bin habs ne arz kia jee Haan! Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya us Zaat ki qasam jis ke qabza e qudrat mein meri jaan hai Aslam o Ghaffaar waghaira bani tamim waghaira se bahut achhay Hain.
Sahih Bukhari Vol 2 Hadees 732 Page 731
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya ke: Quraish, Ansaar,Jaheena,Mazeena, Aslam, Ghaffar aur ashjah Mere khair khawah hain aur Allah aur us ke Rasool ke siwa aur koi un ka hamaiti nhe.
Sahih Bukhari vol 5 Hades 3512
Comment:
In Ahadees se pata chala ke Bani tamim ki fazilat ki tareef per jo hadees hai wo sirf banu tamim ke liye he special nahe hai balke aur bhi bahut se qabeeloon aur qomoon ke liye hai. Jaise qabeela aslam Hazrat Ismail alaihessalam se hai. Aur Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne khud farmaya tha ke "Mein Mudari Hoon" ]
"میں مضری ہوں" halanke Mudar Qabeela woe qabeela hai jahan se shaitan ke seeng nikalne ki paish goi farmai gai. Lakin zahir hai Mudar Ki sari olad se to fitnay nahe niklain gay, phir farma diya ke Mein behtareen qaum Mein paida howa.
Phir qabeela Mudar se kaun se qabeelay shaitan ka seeng nikle ga usko basharat thokrane wali hadees wazeha kerti hai lakin aam insan ke dil mein shak rehta hai shyd nahe unhoon ne sirf basharat thokrai hai. Lakin teesri hadees jis mein qabeela aslam jaheena etc ko behtar qarar diya gia aur bani tamim bani ghutfan etc ko mehroom ker diya gia se baat wazeha ho jati hai. Banu tamim ko mehroom ker diya gia. Mehroom kerne wali ahadees sahih bukhari aur sahih muslim mein bahut si hain aur basharat thokrane wali hadees bhi her hadees ki kitab mein hain. Lakin hmara maqsad samjhana hai is liye sirf aik aik hadees paish ki.
نجد کے فتنے اور بنو تمیم
Najd Ke Fitnay Aur Banu Tamim
1: Sajah jhooti Nabiya aur Banu Tamim
Sajah jhooti nabiyya ko qabool kerne wale bani tamim ke sardar malik bin nowera, atard bin habs aur bani tamim ke sadaat amra ki aik jamaat bhi shamil thi
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 6, page 425
Banu Tamim, Sajah Kahna ke sath Murtad ho gaey thy.
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
Sajah (jhooti nabuwat ki dawedar aurat) jab bilad e bani tamim se guzri to is ne unhain apne amar ki taraf dawat di aur un (bani tamim) ke awam ne is ki baat ko qabool ker liya.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 6, Page 425
The other ringleader of Najdi rebellion against the khilafa was a woman known as Sajah, whose full name was Umm Sadir bint Aws, and who belonged to the tribe of Tamim. She made claims to prophethood in the name of a rabb who was ‘in the clouds’, and who gave her revelations by which she succeeded in uniting sections of the Tamim who had argued among themselves over the extent to which they should reject the authority of Madina. Leading several campaigns against tribes who remained loyal to Islam, the Najdi prophetess is said to have thrown in her lot with Musaylima. Other than this, little is known of her fate.
(Ibn Qutayba, Ma‘arif, p.405; Baladhuri, Futuh, pp.99-100.)
Sajah banu tamim ki aik aurat thie jis ne nabuwat ka dawah kia tha to us ki qaum se aik jamaat uski pairokar ban gai.
Phir us tak musaylma ka mamla pohancha to us ne sajah ko dahoka de ker us se nikah ker liya. Ab sajah ki qaum banu tamim aur musaylma kazzaab ki qaum musaylma ki ata'at per mutafiq ho gai.
Imam Ibn hajjar asqalani , fathul bari page 91, vol 8
2: Hazrat Ali Ke Qaatil Aur Bani Tamim
Logoon ne bayan kia ke khawarij mein se 3 admi muntakhib kiye gay,
1: Abdur Rahman bin maljam al'muradi jo qabeela hamair se tha, is ka shumaar qabeela murad mein tha jo kanda ke bani jabla ke haleef tha.
2: Al'berk bin Abdullah Tamimi
3: Umroo bin bakeer al'Tamimi
Tabqaat e Ibn Sa'ad Vol 2, Page 162
Logoon ne bayan kiya ke khawarij mein se 3 admi select kiye gay
1: Abdur Rahman bin maljum al'muradi jo qabeela hamir se tha
2: Alberk bin Abdullah al'tamimi
3: Umroo bin bakeer al'tamimi
Ye teenoon Makkah mein jamah howe inhoon ne ehd o paimaan kiya ke in teenoon admiyoun ko zaroor zaroor qatal ker dain gay' Ali bin abi talib, Muawiya bin abi sufiyan, Umroo bin al'aas
Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 2
3: KHARJI TAMIMI QITRI
Qatri bin al'fajah al'tamimi abu nehama kharji ko qatal ker diya gia. Is ke sathi isko taqreebun 20 saal tak khalifa kehte aur samajhte rahe.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya vol 9 Page 49
4: JHOOTA AHLE BAIT FROM NAJD
Aik shakhs ne Najd mein ye dawah kiya tha ke wo Ali bin Muhammad bin al'fazal bin al'hussain bin Abdullah bin abbas bin bin Ali bin abi talib hai. Iske sath he isne muqam hijer mein logoon ko ata'at ki dawat di, to wahan ke kuch logon ne uski ata'at bhi qabool ker li, jis se wahan zabardast qatal o qataal aur baray fitnay barpa howe aur bahut si larraiyaan bhi hoi,
Iska asli naam Ali bin Muhammad bin abdur raheem tha. Iski maa asad bin khazimah
(Najd) ke khandan se tha.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 11 page 53
6: : (Najd ke) Asad aur Ghatfan bhi Murtad Ho gaey
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
7: : Taliha Bin Khaweld Asadi kahan in ka sardar tha, banu asad,banu tay aur ghatfan wale iske pass chale gaey, azeem musibat paida ho gai aur halaat kharab ho gaey. In ke sath banu abs aur banu zubiyan bhi iske sath shamil ho gaey thy.
(Issi ne jhooti Nabuwat ka dawa kiya tha)
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
Najd mein he abad aik qabila banu asad (manjad hissa Tareekh page 141) ke aik fard taliha asadi ne nabuwat ka dawah ker diya tha aur ye bhi Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke farman "al'zalzal wal'fittan" ki amli tasdeeq thi.
NAJD SE UTHNAY WALE FITNAY
8: : Kanda aur iske Aas Pass ke qabeelay bhi Murtad ho gaey, aur ash'at bin qais inka
Sardar tha.
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
9: : banu Rabiyya bhi almahroor bin nauman bin al'munder ke sath murtid ho gaey.
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
10: Banu Hanaifa, Musaylma bin Habeeb Kazzab ke sath apni (kuffriya) halat per qaim
Thy. Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 416
Jab Hazrat Khalid bin Walid radi Allah Anho Yamamah (Musaylma kazzab) se farigh howe to Hazrat Siddiq Akbar radi Allah anho ne unhain Iraq jane ka paigham bheja aur ye ke woe farj al'hind yanni Abla se aghaz krain aur Iraq ke balai ilaqay se Iraq aaeen.
Albidaya wannahaya vol 6 page 455
Comment:
Aaj kal kuch log awam ko gumrah kerne ke liye ye kehte phir rahe hain ke Yamamah Iraq Mein tha aur Musaylma Kazzab ne Iraq Mein jhoti nabuwat ka dawah Kiya tha.
Lakin haqeeqat ye hai ke musaylma kabhi iraq giya he nahe aur na he Yamamah Iraq ka hissa hai balke scholars ne saray Yamamah ko Najd kaha hai. Ibn wahhab ki burai per parda dalne ke liye her ilzam iraq per laga rahe hain aur information aur historic event ko ghalat tareeky se paish kiya ja raha hai. Gumrah logoon ki taraf se.
11: Banu Saleem alfujahat ke sath murtad ho gaey, uska naam anas bin abd yalel tha.
12: Banu Asad (Najd Mein Rehne Wala Qabeela) Ka Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam Per Ehsan Jatlana Aur Us Per Qur'an Ki Ayaat Ka Nazool hona
Banu Asad Ka 10 afrad per mushtamil wafd Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein hazir howa. Jin mein darar bin al'ardr, wabsa bin ma'bad aur taliha bin khaweld jis ne Nabuwat ka dawah kiya tha bad mein. Phir bad azaan acha musalman ban gia tha. Aur nafaza bin Abdullah bin khalf shamil thy in ke leader hadarmi bin aamir ne kaha Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ham Aap ke pass be'aab o giyah saal mein shab taar se guzar ker aaeye hain aur Aap ne hamari taraf koi fauj nahe bheji to in ke baray mein ye ayat Nazil hoi:
Ayaat
"woe Tujh per ehsan jatatay hain ke woe musalman ho gaey hain' keh do tum Mujh per apne islam ka ehsan na jatao balke Allah ka tum per ehsan hai ke us ne islam ki janib tumari rahnumai ki hai ager tum rast'baaz ho".
13: Bani tamim ki jamat khawarij
Hazrat ash'at bin qais bani tamim ki aik jama'at ke pass se guzray aur unhain tehreer sunai to urwah bin azeena (azeena iski maa hai, jo bani rabiya bin hanzla ka urwah bin jareer hai aur abu bilal bin mardas bin jarir ka bhai hai) aap ke pass aya aur kehne laga kiya tum Allah ke deen mein mardoon ko hukam banate ho? Phir us ne apni talwar ash'at bin qais ki sawari ki sareen per mari to hazrat Ash'at aur un ki qom ghazabnak ho gaey.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 7, Page 364.
14: Hazrat Imam Hussain Per Qatlana Hamla kerne wale Tamimi Karbala ke Maidan Mein
Pass jawanoon ne her taraf se Hazrat Hussain radi Allah anho per hamla ker diya. Aur zarhat bin shareek tamimi ne aap ke baeen (left shoulder) kandhay per talwar maari aur daeen kandhay(right shoulder) per bhi talwar maari phir wo apko chhorr ker wapis chale gay.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 8, Page 241
Jab hazrat Imam Hussain radi Allah anho peene ke qabil pani ki tarf gaey to aik shakhs ne jissay hassain bin tamim kaha jata tha, us ne aap ke taloo per teer maar ker chheed ker diya
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya, Vol 8. Page 240
15: Qaatleen Hussain Ke Group Mein Bani Tamim Ki Shamooliyat:
Mein habib hoon aur mera baap mazhar hai jo jung ka shehsawar aur jungoon ko bharkane wala hai, tum barri ta'dad wale ho aur ham tum se ziyada wafadar aur sabir hain
Neez ham hujjat ke lehaaz se aala aur haq ke lehaaz se namayaan hain aur tum se ziyada sabit qadam aur pak'baaz hain.(habib imam hussain ka sathi tha)
Phir is habib per bani tamim ke aik shakhs ne hamla kiya aur ussay naiza mara. Aur wo gir parra phir wo utthne laga to hassain bin numair ne us ke sar per talwar mari to wo gir parra aur tamimi ne us ke pass a ker us ka sar kaat liya aur ussay ibn ziyad ke pass le gia.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 8, Page 236
16: Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko Qatal Misriyoun ne kiya. Lakin Hazrat Usam radi Allah ke chehray per thapr marne wala tamimi tha. Hajjaj ne pocha ke tum kaun ho? Us ne jawab diya umair bin zaabi al'tamimi ….. yehi wo shakhs hai jo Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ke qatal ke bad un ke qareeb aya aur us ne Hazrat usman radi Allah anho ke chehray per thhapar mary, ye sun ker hajjaj ne forum umair bin zabi ke qatal ka hukam diya.
Al'bidaya wan'nahay vol 8 page 20
17: Bani Tamim ke hawalay se Nazil hone wali ayat
Surat al'hujraat 49, ayat 4,5
"Beshak jo log Aap ko hujroon ke bahir se pukarte hain un mein se aksar (aap ke buland muqam o martaba aur adaab o tazeem ki) samajh nhe rakhhte 0 aur ager wo log sabar kerte yahan tak ke Aap khud he un ki taraf bahir tashreef lay aate to ye un ke liye behter hota, aur Allah barra bakhshane wala bahut raham farmanay wala hai.
Is mein un logoon ki muzammat bayan ki ja rahe hai jo hujroon ke bahir se pukartay hain.
Marwi hai ke ye iqra bin haabis tamimi ke baray mein nazil hoi jaisa ke bahut si rawayaat mein hai.
Imam ahmad ne iqra bin haabis se rawayat kiya hai ke unhoon ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko hujroon se bahir se aawaz di: Ya Muhammad Ya Muhammad aur aik rawayat mein Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam!
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne koi jawab nhe diya.
Mein ne kaha Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam! Meri hamd muzayyan ker deti hai aur meri muzammat ma'yoob ker deti hai to
(ye fakhar aur takkabur ke bol thy)
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Allah ki madah ba'ise zeenat hai aur ussi ki muzammat ba'ise tehqeer hai.
2: ibn jareer rahmatullah alaihe ne Hazrat bara radi Allah Anho se is ayat ki tafseer mein yehi naqal kiya hai.
1: Hassan basri aur qatada se bhi mursalan yehi marvi hai. Sufiyan thori ne habeeb bin abu umrat se rawayat kia hai ke basher bin ghalib aur labaid bin atard (ya basher bin atard aur labaid bin ghalib) hujjaaj ke pass baithhay thy. Basher bin ghalib ne labaid bin atard se kaha ye ayat teri qom banu tamim ke baray mein nazil hoi thi.
Ibn bin haatim ne zaid bin arqam se rawayat kia
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 4, Page
An early indication of the nature of the Tamimites is given by Allah himself in Sura al-Hujurat. In aya 4 of this sura, He says: ‘Those who call you from behind the chambers: most of them have no sense.’ The occasion for revelation (sabab al-nuzul) here
‘The "chambers" (hujurat) were places enclosed by walls. Each of the wives of Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) had one of them. The aya was revealed in connection with the delegation of the Banu Tamim who came to the Prophet (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam). They entered the mosque, and approached the chambers of his wives. They stood outside them and called: "Muhammad! Come out to us!" an action which expressed a good deal of harshness, crudeness and disrespect. Allah’s Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) waited a while, and then came out to them. One of them, known as al-Aqra‘ ibn Habis, said: "Muhammad! To praise me is beautiful, and to criticise me is shameful!" And the Messenger (sallallaho alaihi wa sallam) replied: "Woe betide you! That is the due of Allah."’ (Imam Muhammad ibn Ahmad ibn Juzayy, al-Tashil [Beirut, 1403], p.702. See also the other tafsir works; also Ibn Hazm, Jamharat ansab al-‘Arab [Cairo, 1382], 208, in the chapter on Tamim.)
18: Gustakh e Rasool Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam Aur Bani Tamim
Sahih Bukhari, Volume 9, Book 84, Number 67:
Narrated Abu Sa'id: "While the Prophet was distributing something, 'Abdullah bin Dhil Khawaisira At-Tamimi came and said, "Be just, O Allah's Apostle!" The Prophet said, "Woe to you ! Who would be just if I were not?" 'Umar bin Al-Khattab said, "Allow me to cut off his neck ! "The Prophet said, " Leave him, for he has companions, and if you compare your prayers with their prayers and your fasting with theirs, you will look down upon your prayers and fasting, in comparison to theirs. Yet they will go out of the religion as an arrow darts through the game's body in which case, if the Qudhadh of the arrow is examined, nothing will be found on it, and when its Nasl is examined, nothing will be found on it; and then its Nadiyi is examined, nothing will be found on it. The arrow has been too fast to be smeared by dung and blood. The sign by which these people will be recognized will be a man whose one hand (or breast) will be like the breast of a woman. These people will appear when there will be differences among the people (Muslims)." Abu Sa'id added: I testify that I heard this from the Prophet and also testify that 'Ali killed those people while I was with him. The man with the description given by the Prophet was brought to 'Ali. The following Verses were revealed in connection with that very person. (i.e., 'Abdullah bin Dhil-Khawaisira At-Tarnimi): 'And among them are men who accuse you (O Muhammad) in the matter of (the distribution of) the alms.' (9.58)"
19: historians affirm that the great majority of the rebellions against the payment of zakat which broke out during the khilafa of Abu Bakr (r.a.) took place among Najdis. Moreoever, and even more significantly, many of the the Najdi rebellions were grounded in a strange anti-Islamic ideology. The best-known of these was led by Musaylima, who claimed to be a prophet, and who established a rival shari‘a which included quasi-Muslim rituals such as forms of fasting and dietary rules. He also prescribed prayers three times a day, a view that may have influenced the similar ruling in Twelver Shi‘ism. As leader of a rival religion, he and his Najdi enthusiasts were in a state of baghy, heretical revolt against due caliphal authority, and Abu Bakr (r.a.) sent an army against them under Khalid ibn al-Walid. In the year 12 of the Hijra Khalid defeated the Najdis at the Battle of al-Aqraba, a bloody clash that centred on a walled garden which is known to our historians as the Garden of Death, because many great Companions lost their lives there at the hands of the Najdis. (See Abdallah ibn Muslim Ibn Qutayba, Kitab al-Ma‘arif (Cairo, 1960), p.206; Ahmad ibn Yahya al-Baladhuri, Futuh al-buldan (repr. Beirut, n.d., 86.) An indication of the continuity of Najdi religious life is given by the non-Muslim traveller Palgrave, who as late as 1862 found that some Najdi tribesmen continued to revere Musaylima as a prophet.
(W. Palgrave, Narrative of a year’s journey through Central and Eastern Arabia [London, 1865], I, 382.)
20: As is the way with Kharijism in all ages, the Najdiyya fragmented amid heated arguments generated by their intolerance of any dissent. The causes of this schism included the Kharijite attack on Madina, which came away with many captives; and different Kharijite ijtihads over sexual relations with Muslim women who, not being Kharijites, they had enslaved. Three major factions emerged from this split, the most dangerous of which was led by Atiyya ibn al-Aswad, again of the tribe of Hanifa. Following Najda’s death, his own faction split, again into three, one of which left Najd to raid the vicinity of Basra
(Abd al-Qahir, 90-1).
21: The Kharijite movement proper commenced at the Siffin arbitration, when the first dissenters left the army of the khalifa Ali (k.A.w.). One of them was Abu Bilal Mirdas, a member of the tribe of Tamim
(Ibn Hazm, 223)
22: Ibn al-Jawzi goes on to document the development of the Kharijite movement, and the central role played by the tribe of Tamim in it. Hence (p.89) ‘The commander of the fight [against the Sunnis, at Harura] was Shabib ibn Rab‘i al-Tamimi’; also (p.92) ‘Amr ibn Bakr al-Tamimi agreed to murder Umar’. All this even though their camp sounded like a beehive, so assiduously were they reciting the Qur’an
Talbis Iblis (p.91)
23: Bani Tamim Ke Logoon Ne Sirf Hazoor sallallahu Alaihe wasallam ki Gustakhi Nahe Ki Balke Ye Sahaba e karam ko bhi seekhane ki koshish kerte thy
Abdullah bin shafeeq farmate hain ke aik din Hazrat Abdullah ibn Abbas radi Allah Anho ne aik din aser ki namaz ke ba'd jis waqt ke suraj gharoob hogia aur sitaray zahir ho gaey, hamain khutba diya aur log kehne lagy namaz namaz!
Rawi ne kaha phir Bani Tamim ka aik admi aaya wo khamosh nhe raha tha aur na he namaz namaz kehne se baz aa raha tha, to Hazrat Ibn Abbas radi Allah anho ne farmaya teri maa mer jaey! Kiya tu mujhe sunnat sikhha raha hai?
Phir Hazrat Ibn Abbas radi Allah anho ne farmaya ke mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko dekha ke Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne zohar aur aser, maghrib aur esha ki namazoon ko ikathha ker ke parha hai, Abdullah bin shafeeq kehte hain us se mere dil mein kuch khaljan sa mehsoos hua to mein Hazrat Abu Hurayra Radi Allah Anho ke pass aya, mein ne un se pochha to unhoon ne Hazrat Ibn Abbas radi Allah anho ke qol ki tasdeeq farmai.
Sahih Muslim, Vol 1, Page 1332, Hadees 1630
23: . Imam Muslim records a narration from Abdallah ibn Shaqiq which runs: ‘Ibn Abbas once preached to us after the asr prayer, until the sun set and the stars appeared, and people began to say: "The prayer! The prayer!" A man of the Banu Tamim came up to him and said, constantly and insistently: "The prayer! The prayer!" And Ibn Abbas replied: "Are you teaching me the sunna, you wretch?"’
(Muslim, Salat al-Musafirin, 6.)
24: Moulana Muhammad Ali Jauhar has made the following observations about the Wahhabi Najdi Jamaat: "The hands of Najd and Najdis are red with the blood of Muslims, this is their only achievement. Now too, there are hostilities with the Yemenis and a war is looming."(Maqaalaate Muhammad Ali, Part 1,PP. 37)
25: Ibn jareer kehte hain ke 249 hijri mein najdeen mein aik shakhs zahir howa, us ne khud ko Ali bin Muhammad bin fazal bin hussain bin Abdullah bin abbas bin abi talib zahir kia aur
(Madina ke ain mashraq mein waqiya Bahrain ke darul'hakoomat) hajjar mein logoon ko apni taraf dawat di to ahle hajjar uske pairokar ban gaey jis ki wajah se bahut ziyada larraiyaan,barray barray fitnay aur mutadad jungain hoie
Tareekh ibn kathir 11/21
26: Najd ke ilaqa yamamah mein jab khawarij najdah bin amir hanfi (qabila hanifa ka fard) ke sath zahir hoey,
Najdah kharji ne khawarij ke aqaaid mein izafa kerte hoey kaha ke jo shakhs in ki taraf na aey aur musalmanoon se jung na kray wo bhi kafir hai agerchay aqeeda ke aitbar se wo kharji he q na ho.
Fathul bari, vol 12, page 385
27: Imam Badrud din aini khwarij tamimi per
Ye kharji log najd ke is ilaqa se niklay thy jahan tamimi abad thy.
Umdatul Qari page 490, vol 22
28: Bayan kia jata hai ke ye kalma "la hukmu illallah" sab se pehle banu sa'ad bin zaid bin manat bin tamim ke aik admi ne kaha tha.
Tareekh ibn kathir vol 7, page 292
29: Musaylma kazzab ka fitnah bhi bahut bara fitna tha jo najd mein barpa hua tha. Jis mein 40 hazar najdion ke muqable mein 13 hazar musalman Hazrat Khalid bin walid radi Allah anho ki qayyadat mein niklay aur aroob artadad mein sab se sakht jung najd ki sarzameen per larri gai. 700 sahaba e karam radi Allah anhum ne shahadat paee. Is doran banu hanifa ka aik sardar apni makkari aur chalbazi se kaam lete hoey teh teegh hone se bach gia to jab is ke bach jane ki khabar Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho tak pohanchi to aap ne irshad farmaya "kash ke Khalid bin walid inhain bhi teh teegh ker dete wo qayyamat tak apne kazzaboon ki wajah se musibat mein rahain gym ager ye ke Allah ta'ala un ko bacha le
Shykh Muhammad Abdul wahhab najdi, Mukhtasir seerat Rasool , page 28
30: Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho ne irshad farmaya "kash ke Khalid bin walid inhain
(Banu Hanifa ke Sardar ko) bhi teh teegh ker dete, wo qayyamat tak apne kazzaboon ki wajah se musibat mein rahain gym ager ye ke Allah ta'ala un ko bacha le
Shykh Muhammad Abdul wahhab najdi, Mukhtasir seerat Rasool , page 28
Comment: Is Mein Allah ke peyary banday Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho ne wazeha farma diya ke qayyamat tak Banu Hanifa (Najdi) apne kazzaboon ki wajah se musibat mein rahain gay. Aur banu hanifa Qabeela Rabiyya ki aik shaakh hai. Ab log kahain naa ke Najd Iraq Mein Hai.
31: Banu Tamim Ki Gustakh Aurat
Aik tamimiya aurat se nikah hota hai wo kehti hai ,, aa'uzubillah minka …. Aap farmate hain ke Khuda ki panah mangne wale ko panah hai jao apne ghar jao. Kaha gia ke baz auratoon ne unhain sikhaya tha ke tum ye kehna is se wo khush hongy.
Khulasatul seer, fi ahwaal syed al'bashar Sallallahu alaihe wasallam page 69
32: Ham kehte hain ke Hijaaz ke shehroon ke donoon mashriqoon (shamali aur janoobi) mein Najd ka sheher waqiya hai, iske 2 naam hain , Najd al,hijaaz aur najd al'aariz, yehi se qaramtiya, musaylma kazzab aur wahhabi niklay aur iska darul hakoomat riyaaz hai.
Muhammad Farid Wajdi, daira mu'aarif al'Qur'an al'ashreen , vol 10, page 54, matbooa darul ma'arfa bairut
33: Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko Qatal Misriyoun ne kiya. Lakin Hazrat Usam radi Allah ke chehray per thapr marne wala tamimi tha. Hajjaj ne pocha ke tum kaun ho? Us ne jawab diya umair bin zaabi al'tamimi ….. yehi wo shakhs hai jo Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ke qatal ke bad un ke qareeb aya aur us ne Hazrat usman radi Allah anho ke chehray per thhapar mary, ye sun ker hajjaj ne forum umair bin zabi ke qatal ka hukam diya.
Al'bidaya wan'nahay vol 8 page 20
34: Hazrat Ibn Umer radi Allah Anho se rawayat hai ke Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne irshad farmaya: Qabeela thaqeef Mein aik halakat mein dalne wala shakhs aur aik kazzab hoga.
Jamia Trimdi 3944, 2220
Hazrat Imran Bin Hassain Farmate Hain; "Aqa Ne Is Haal Mein Wafat Paai Ke App Teen Qabiloun Ko Na Pasand Farmate The:
1: QabilaSaqeef
2: bani Hanifa
3: Bani Ummaiya
"Shah Muhadis Hadees Ke Sharah Mein Likhte Hain;
"Qabila Saqeef Mein Zalim Baadshah Hajaj Bin Yousuf Howa Jisne Ne Kam o besh 124000 Muslamoun Ko Qatal KIya,
Aur Bani Hanifa Mein Kazab Howa Jis Ne Nabowat Ka Jhota Dawwa Kiya,
Aur Bani Ummaiyah Se YAZEED Aur Ibne Ziyad Jaise Paida Howe Jis Ne ALE RASOOL Ko Qatal Kiya
Comment: Qabeela Thaqeef aur banu hanifa Madina ke Mashraq Mein aate hain. Aur banu hanifa se Musaylma kazzab aur Saud hai jo Saudi Arabia ko banana wala tha.aur qabeela thaqeef se hujaj bin yousuf aur aik kazzab nikla tha. Aur taif ke liye bhi hadees mein miqaat qarn aya hai.
احادیث عراق اور بنو تمیم کا تعلق
Ahadees Iraq Aur Banu Tamim
اوپر کی بحث سے یہ ثابت ہوچکا ہے کہ نجد یہی نجد ہے جہاں آج سعودی عرب کا دارالحکومت ریاض ہے۔ اس نجد کی حدود ایک طرف یمن سے جا لگتی ہیں تو دوسری طرف شام سے اور ایک طرف مدینہ سے تو دوسری طرف عراق سے جالگتی ہیں۔ اور ثابت ہوچکا کہ اسی نجد سے شیطان کے دو سینگ نکلیں گے۔
اب ہم عراق والی احادیث پر نظر دوڑاتے ہیں
حدیث عراق
· حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَنْظَلَةُ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: يُشِيرُ بِيَدِهِ يَؤُمُّ الْعِرَاقَ: " هَا، إِنَّ الْفِتْنَةَ هَاهُنَا، هَا، إِنَّ الْفِتْنَةَ هَاهُنَا، - ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ مِنْ حَيْثُ يَطْلُعُ قَرْنُ الشَّيْطَانِ " [مسند أحمد ط الرسالة (10/ 391 رقم6302 ) واسنادہصحیح علی شرط الشیخین]
صحابی عبداللہ بن عمر رضی اللہ عنہما سے روایت کرتے ہیں کہ میں اللہ کے رسول صلی اللہ علیہ وآلہ وسلم کو اپنے ہاتھ سے عراق کی طرف اشارہ کرتے ہوئے دیکھا تو آپ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے فرمایا کہ فتنہ یہاں ہے فتنہ یہاں ہے آپ صلی اللہ علیہ وسم نے ایسا تین کہا اورفرمایا یہیں سے شیطان کا سینگ نکلتا ہے۔
`Abdal-Lah Ibn `Umar related that once, he saw the Prophet showing `Iraq with his hand, and saying: "The fitna is here, the fitna is here, the fitna is here, three times, it is from here that will appear the devil's horns,
· Reference:-Musnad-e-Ahmad Vol.10 Page.391 Hadith.6302 , Isnad considered Sahih by the Muhaddith Ahmad Shakir al-Masry
O Allaah bestow your blessings on our Madeenah, and bestow your blessings on our Mecca, and bestow your blessings on our Shaam, and bestow your blessings on our Yemen, and bestow your blessings in our measuring (fee saa'inaa wa muddinaa)." A person said, " O Messenger of Allaah and in our Iraaq" and so he turned away from him and said, "there will occur earthquakes, trials and tribulations and there will appear the horn of Satan."
Shu'ayb al-Arna'ut declares it's isnaad to be saheeh as in his footnotes to 'Sharh as-Sunnah' (14/206-207 fn. 2)
Comment:
In ahadees ki roshni mein sabit hota hai ke fitna iraq se bhi niklay ga. Akhir kiya baat hai ke fitna Najd se bhi niklay ga iraq se bhi niklay ga aur donoon places hain bhi alag alag. In donoon places ka apas mein kiya talluk hai. Woe hamain dhoondna hoga. Is ke liye hamain sab se pehle Hadees o Tareekh Mein Dekhna Parega. Is ke liye Hamain dobara chand reference paish kerne hongay samajhne ke liye.
DEFINATION OF IRAQ
Iraq ka matlab kiya hai pehle ye parh lete hain ta ke ye baat pata chale ke aya is se murad Najd to Nahe Ya koi aur Matlab hai
Defination Of Iraq:
Mashoor iraq kahi shehroon per mushtamil hai. Iraqan bol ker koofa aur basra murad lete hain. Iraq ko iraq is liye kehte hain ke ye iraq al'qurbata se makhooz hai, Mashkeezy ke nichay wala sorakh kharz jissay dohra kiya jata hai. (ke arab ki sar'zameen ki nisbat gehrai mein waqiya hai aur satah samunder ke qareeb hai.
Abul Qasmi Zajaji farmate hain ke ibn ehrabi ne kaha hai ke iraq ko iraq kehne ki asal wajah ye hai ke najd ki nisbat past o nasheet ilaqa hai aur samunder ke qareeb hai. Ye iraq al'qurbata se makhooz hai yanni mashkeezay ka nichay wala soraakh.
Alama Yaqoot Hamwi, Ma'jum Al'baldan, Page 93
Comment: Iraq ki definition parhne se pata chala ke ye to nichi zameen ko kehte hain. Iraqan bol ker koofa aur basra murad lete hain matlab koofa aur basra ki zameen satah samunder ke qareeb ter hai. Nichi zameen hai jab ke Najd ke meaning ubhri hoi zameen oonchi hight wali zameen hai. To ye to sabit howa ke najd aur iraq ka apas mein koi talluk nahe. Iraq Iraq Hai Aur Najd Najd hai. Is per koi doosri roy nahe hai.
کوفہ اور بصرہ کی آبادی کب ہوئی اور انکے دور فاروقی سے پہلے کیا نام تھے
Koofa Aur Basra Ki Abadi Kab Hoi Aur Inke daur e farooqi se pehle kiya naam thy?
Yaad rahe basra aur koofa pehle abad nhe the.
Koofa Ka daur e farooqi se pehle ka naam
Sar'zameen e koofa ko iski abadkari se pehle soristan ka naam diya jata tha. (majum al'baldan)
Issay daur e farooqi mein basaya gia (Tareekh islam 354)
Basra ka Purana Naam
Basra ko iski abadkari se pehle arz al'hind ke naam se pukara jata tha.
(al'bidaya wan'nihaya 7/49
Comment: is se hamain pata chala ke koofa aur basra mein ya to abadi nahe thi ya phir bahut kam thi. Jis ki wajah se in 2 shehroon ko Hazrat Umer Radi Allah anho Ne basaya.
Ab dekhna hai ke in new cities mein kaun se log aa ker bas gaey thy.
Koofa Aur Basra Ki Abadi Mein Banu Tamim Ka Kitna Percentage tha?
کوفہ اور بصرہ کی آبادی میں بنو تمیم کی کتنے لوگ آباد تھے؟
Basra Ki Abadi Mein Banu Tamim Ka Percentage
Daur e farooqi mein basra ke 7 hissoon mein se 2 hissoon mein banu tamim abad ho gaey.
Alama hamwi likhte hain ke: in barray mehloon mein 2 khareeba mein thy aik zabooqa mein aur 2 banu tamim mein
(Majum al'baldan 1/432)
Is hisab se basra ke kul abadi ka ka 28 feesad tamimi thy
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya 6/347)
Koofa Ki Abadi Mein Banu Tamim Ka Percentage
Koofa ki abadi ke mutaliq likhte hain ke: koofa ki abadi mein 50 hazar ghar rabbiya aur mudar qabeeloon ke thy aur 24 hazar baqi saray arab ke aur Yemen waloon ke 6 hazar thy.
(majum Al'baldan 4/492)
aur koofa ki kul abadi ka 62 feesad rabbiya wa mudar ke najdi thy. Phir in mein aksariyat banu tamim ki thi.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya 6/347)
Comment:
Koofa ki abadi mein 62 feesad Rabiyya aur Mudar ke Najdi Thy phir in mein bhi aksariyat banu tamim kit hi. Yahan aa ker pata chalta hai ke Najd Aur Iraq Mein Apas Mein Kiya Talluk Hai. Kion ke Jin Qabeeloon Se Shaitan Ke Seeng nikalne ki nishandehi ki gai thi woe Iraq Pohanch gaey thy. Isi liye Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Allah ke diya ilm ghaib se hamain agah farma diya donoon jaghoon ka aur un qabeeloon ka jin se fitna nikalna tha.
Ab ham Zara Qabeela Mudar Ka Qabl Az Islam Record Dekh Lain.
BANI MUDAR KA QABL AZ ISLAM IKHLAQI HAAL
بنی مضر کے قبل از اسلام اخلاقی حالات
Agerchay Quraish ko Makkah mein aik gona Hakoomat Hasil ho gai aur qabail e Mudar atraaf o jawanib Mumalik ko Shaam O Iraq mein aur kuch hijaaz mein bhi muntashir o mutafariq ho gaey aur baz in mein badiya nasheen o khana badosh ho gaey, aur baz asbaab e ishrat aur samaan e tumaddun ki farahmi mein masroof howe, Kabhi ye Fars o Room se Iraq O Shaam ke Maidanoon Mein Larrte Nazar Ate Thy aur kabhi apni hadood ki hifazat ki gharz se apni qaum ko jamah ker ke ahle Iraq o Shaam se Muqabla kerte dekhai dete thy. In larraiyoun mein aur khoon raiziyoun mein kabhi ye maghloob ho ker kharaj guzari per majboor ho jate thy lakin jab kabhi phir koi moqa hath aa jata tha to kharaaj guzari ata'at e shahi se Mun'harif ho ker mukhalifat ker baithte thy. Algharz thanday kalejay na ye khud pani peete thy aur na peene dete thy. Hamesha shahaan e Iraq o Shaam ko istisaal fasaad o itfa naira fitna mein rehna parta tha.
TAREEKH IBN KHALDOON VOL 1 PAGE 31
Comment:
Is se clear hogia ke qabeela Mudar mein aane wale log bahut jhagraloo aur fitnah parwar thy, na khud chain se jeety thy na kisi ko chain se jeene dete thy.aur in ki fitrat mein tha hakoomatoon ke khilaaf baghawat kerna aur jungain kerna.
Ab Kuch Ahadees share kerte hain khawarij ke hawalay se.
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khadri Radi Allah Anho farmate hain ke Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho se Yemen se Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein chamrray ke thailay mein bher ker kuch sona bheja, jis se abi tak matti bhi saaf nhe ki gait hi. Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne wo sona 4 admiyoun mein ayainya bin badr, iqra bin haabis, zaid bin khail aur chothy alaqma ya amir bin tufail ke darmiyan taqseem farma diya. Is per Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke as'haab mein se kisi ne kaha: in logoon se to ham ziyada haqdar thy.
Jab ye baat Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam tak pohanchi to Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: kiya tum mujhe amanatdaar shumaar nhe kerte? Halanke Aasman waloon ke nazdeek to mein amen hoon. Is ki khabrain to mere pass subah shaam aati rehti hain.
Ravi ka bayan hai ke phir aik admi (zawil khawaisira tamimi) kharra ho gia "jis ki ankhain ander ko dhansi hoi, rukhsaar ki hadiyaan ubhri hoi, oonchi paishani, gani darhi, sar munda hua tha aur wo ooncha tehband bandhy hoey tha, wo kehne laga : Ya Rasoolallah! Allah se darain,
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: tu halaak ho, kiya mein tamam ahle zameen se ziyada khuda se darna ka mustahiq nhe hoon? Jab wo admi jany ke liye moorra to Hazrat Khalid bin waleed Radi Allah Anho ne arz kiya: Ya Rasoolallah! Mein is ki gardan na urra doon?
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: aisa na kro shayad ye namazi ho, Hazrat Khalid Radi Allah Anho ne arz kiya: bahut se aise namazi bhi to hain ke jo kuch in ki zuban per hota hai wo dil mein nhe hota.
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Mujhe ye hukam nhe diya gia ke logoon ke diloon mein naqb lagaoon aur un ke pait chalk kroon. Ravi ka bayan hai ke wo palta to Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne phir us ki janib dekha to farmaya: Is ki pusht se aise log paida hoongy jo Allah ki kitab ki talawat se zuban ter rakhain gay, lakin Quran in ke halq se neechay nhe utray ga. Deen se is tarah nikal jaeen gay jaise teer shikaar se paar nikal jata hai. Mera khayal hai ke Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne ye bhi farmaya tha ke ager mein in logoon ko paoon to qom e thamood ki tarah in ka qatal kroon.
Sahih Bukhari, 1581/4, Hadees 4094
Sahih Muslim 742/2, Hadees 1046
Hazrat Saeed Khadree radi Allah anho ne farmaya: Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ne Yemen matti mein mila hua thorra sa sona Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein bheja to Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne issay iqra bin habis jo bani majasheh ka aik fard tha aur ayaiyna bin badr fazari ,alqama bin alatha aamri, jo Bani kalaab se tha aur zaid al'khail ta'i, jo bani nib'haan se tha in charoon ke darmiyan taqseem farma diya. Is per Quraish aur Ansaar ne narazgi ko narazgi hoi aur unhoon ne kaha ke AHLE NAJD ke sardaroon ko maal dete hain aur hamain nazar'andaz kerte hain.
Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: mein to un ki taleef qalb ke liye kerta hoon. Isi asna mein aik shakhs aya jis ki ankhain ander ko dhansi hoi, aur paishani ubhri hoi, darhi ganni, gaal phoolay hoey aur sar munda howa tha aur us ne kaha :
Aey Muhammad! Allah se daro, Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Allah ta'ala ki ata'at kerne wala kaun hai? Ager mein us ki nafarmani kerta hoon halanke us ne mujhe zameen waloon per amen banaya hai aur tum mujhe amen nhe mantay.
To sahaba mein se aik shakhs ne ussay qatal kerne ki ijazat mangi mere khayal mein wo Khalid bin waleed Radi Allah Anho thy to Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne unhain mana farma diya.
(aur abu na'eem ki rawayat mein hai ke " us shakhs ne kaha: aey Muhammad! Allah se daro aur adal kro,
to Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam : aasman waloon ke haan mein imanatdar hoon aur tum mujhe amen nhe samajhte? To Hazrat Abu Bakr Sadeeq Radi Allah Anho ne arz kiya: Ya Rasoolallah! Mein is ki gardan kaat doon? Farmaya: haan, so wo gaey to ussay namaz parhte hoey paya, to (wapas palat aey aur) Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki khidmat mein hazir ho ker arz kiya: mein ne ussay namaz parhte paya (is liye qatal nhe kiya) to kisi doosry sahabi ne arz kiya: mein us ki gardan kaat doon?)
Jab wo chala gia to Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: is shakhs ki nasal se aisi qom paida hogi ke wo log Qur'an parhain gay lakin un ke halaq se nichay nhe utray ga, wo islam se is tarah nikal jaeen gay jaise teer shikar se nikal jata hai, wo but parastoon ko chhorr ker musalmanoon ko qatal krain gay. Ager mein inhain paoon to qom e aad ki tarah zaroor inhain qatal kroon
Sahih Bukhari 2702/6, raqm 6995 Wa fi 1219/3, raqm 3166
Sahih Muslim 741/2, raqm 1064
Ahmad Bin Humble fil musnad 68/3,73, raqm 11666,11713
Sar mundaey hoon gay ya sar mundana hai
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khadi radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Mashraq ki janib se kuch log niklain gay ke wo Qur'an parhain gay magar wo un ke galoon se nichaey nhe utray ga. Wo deen se is tarah nikal jaeen gay jaise teer shikar se paar nikal jata hai aur phir wo deen mein wapis nhe aaeen gay jab tak teer apni jagah per wapis na laut aaey. Daryaft kiya gia ke un ki nishani kia hogi?
Farmaya Unki nishani sar mundana hai ya farmaya: sar mundaey rakhna hai.
Aur muslim ki rawayat mein hai: "Yusair bin umroo kehte hain ke mein ne sahal bin hanif radi Allah anho se pochha : kiya aap ne Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se khawarij ka zikr suna hai?
Unhoon ne farmaya: haan! Mein ne suna hai aur apne hath se mashraq ki taraf ishara ker ke kaha kaha: wo
(wahan se niklain gay aur) apni zubanoon se Qur'an parhain gay magar wo un ke halq se nhe utray ga aur deen se aise nikal jaeen gay jaise teer shikaar se paar nikal jata hai"
Sahih Bukhari 2748/6, raqm 7123
Sahih Muslim 750/2, Hadees 1068
Ahmad Bin Humble Musnad 64/3, Hadees 11623,486/3
Ibn Abi Shaiba Musannaf 563/7 Hadees 37397
Hazrat abu saeed khadri radi Allah anho se marwi hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne aik qaum ka zikr kiya jo Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki Ummat mein paida hogi, us ka zahoor us waqt hoga jab logoon mein firqa bandi ho jaey gi. Un ki alamat sar mundana hogi aur wo makhlooq mein sab se bad'ter (ya bad'tareen) hoon gay, aur inhain 2 jamatoon mein se wo jama'at qatal kray gi jo haq ke ziyada qareeb hogi, Phir Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne un logoon ki aik misaal bayan farmai ke jab admi kisi shikar ya nishana ko teer marta hai to par dekhta hai us mein kuch asar nhe hota aur teer ki lakri ko dekhta hai aur wahan bhi aser nhe hota, phir is hissa ko dekhta hai jo teer andaz ki chutki mein hota hai to wahan bhi kuch aser nhe pata.
Sahih Muslim 745/2, Hadees 1065
Ahmad Bin Humble Musnad 5/3, Hadees 11031
Abdullah bin Ahmad fis'sunnah 622/2, Hadees1482
Isnaad sahih
Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho rawayat kerte hain ke mein ne Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko ye fermatay hoey suna ke anqareeb akhri zamanay mein aise log zahir hoon gay ya niklain gay jo no'umer aur aqal se koray hoongay wo Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki ahadees bayan krain gay lakin imaan in ke apne halq se nichaey nhe utray ga. Deen se wo youn kharij hoon gay jaise teer shikar se kharij ho jata hai, pas tum inhain jahan kahain pao to qatal ker dena kiyoun ke in ko qatal kerne waloon ko qayamat ke din thawab milay ga.
Imam abu Issa trimdi ne apni sunnan mein is hadees ko bayan kerne ke ba'd farmaya: ye rawayat Hazrat Ali, Hazrat Abu Saeed aur Hazrat Abu Zar Radi Allah Anhum se bhi marvi hai aur ye hadees hasan sahih hai. Is hadees ka ilawa bhi Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam se rawayat kiya gia hai ke:
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: jab ke aik aisi qaum zahir hogi jis mein ye osaaf hoon gay jo Quran e Majeed ko talawat kerte hoon gay lakin wo in ke halqoon se nichay nhe utrain ga, wo log deen se is tarah kharij hoon gay jis tarah teer shikar se kharij ho jata hai. Beshak wo khawarij harooriya hoon gay aur is ke alawa khawarij mein se (digger firqoon per mushtamil) log hoon gay.
Sahih Bukhari 2539/6, raqm 6531
Sahih Muslim 746/2, raqm 1066
Sunnan Trimdi 481/4, raqm 2188
Comment: In Ahadees Mein Chand Aham Point Hain Jin Per Ghaur Kerne Ki Zaroorat Hai. Aeye un Points Ko Dekhte Hain:
1: rukhsaar ki hadiyaan ubhri hoi, oonchi paishani, gani darhi, sar munda hua tha aur wo ooncha tehband bandhy hoey tha
Answer: Ye Gustakh Najd Ke Bani Tamim Ke Qabeelay Ka Tha. Ager Aj Ke daur Mein Aisa Insan Dekhna ho in khasoosiyat wala to Aap Shykh Tauseef Ur Rahman Ko Dekh Ke Uski yaad taza ker sakte hain. Iski bhi rukhsar ki hadiyan ubhri hoi aur paishani oonchi, Gani darhi aur ooncha tehband
3: Is ki pusht se aise log paida hoongy jo Allah ki kitab ki talawat se zuban ter rakhain gay, lakin Quran in ke halq se neechay nhe utray ga.
is shakhs ki nasal se aisi qom paida hogi ke wo log Qur'an parhain gay lakin un ke halaq se nichay nhe utray ga
Answer: Ubaidallah bin abi rafeh mola ne mujhe bataya ke harooriya ne jab kharooj kiya to wo hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ke sath thy. Unhoon ne kaha "LA HUKMU ILLALLAH" Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho ne farmaya kalma haq se batil muraad liya ja raha hai, bilashuba Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne logoon ki siffat bayan ki hai aur mein un ki siffat ko in logoon mein pata hoon, wo kehte hain ke haq in ki zubanoon per hai aur wo is se tajawoz nhe kray ga. Aap ne halq ki taraf ishara kia. Aur in mein se badtar shakhs siyah faam shakhs hai jis ka aik hath bakri ke sir pastan ya pastan ki bhutni ki tarah hai …..,,,,,,,,,,,, full rawayat ke liye reference:
l'bidayah wan'nahay vol 7 page 387
Comment: Aaj ager ahle hadees aur salafiyoun aur wahhabiyoun ko dekhain to woe bhi Qur'an bayan kerte hain aur us se ghalat taweelat lete hain aur musalmanoon ko mushrik qarar dete hain.
4: AHLE NAJD ke sardaroon Ko Maal Dete Hain
Answer: Aap Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya ke:
Mein kisi shakhs ko is khauf se de deta hoon ke kahi wo mu ke bal jahannam mein na gira diya jaey halanke is ke alawa doosra shakhs Mujhe Ziyada mehboob hota hai.,
Full hadees ke liye reference:
Sahih Muslim vol 1 page 736, Hadees 2430
Comment: is se pata chala ke Najd Ke logoon ka imaan kamzor tha is liye un ko maal e ghanimat mein se ziyada hissa diya gia. Aur jin ko maal e ghanimat di gai thi un mein se aik ya 2 as'haab bad mein murtid ho gaey thy. So Allah ke Rasool sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ka farman sach sabit howa.aue ye bhi sabit howa ke jis ne gustakhi ki thi woe bhi najd bani tamim ka tha aur jin ke imaan kamzor thy woe bhi najd ke thy.
5: wo but parastoon ko chhorr ker musalmanoon ko qatal krain gay
Answer:
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ke sahabi Hazrat Abdullah bin khabab radi Allah anho ko kharjiyoun ne qaid ker liya aur aap ki haamla biwi bhi aap ke sath thien. Unhoon (kharjiyoun) ne pocha aap kaun hain?
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ka sahabi Abdullah Bin Khabbab tum ne mujhe khauf zada kiya(kharjion se kaha)
Unhoon ne kaha aap per koi khauf nhe, aap ham se wo baat bayan krain jo aap ko aap ke baap ne bayan ki.
Aap ne farmaya ke mein ne apne baap ko bayan kerte hoey suna ke mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko bayan kerte suna ke :
"anqareeb aik fitnah hoga jis mein baithne wala kharray hone wale se, aur kharra hone wala chalne wale se, aur chalne wala dorrne wale se behter hoga. To unhoon ne aap ko hath se pakarr ker khhaincha, is doran aap un ke sath chal rahe thy achanak un ke aik admi ko aik zimmi ka khanzeer mila to us ne ussay talwar maar ker us ka chamrra cheer diya,
To doosry ne ussay kaha tu ne zimmi ke khanzeer se aisa kiyoun kiya?
To wo zimmi ke pass chala gia aur us ne is ke liye ussay
(khajoor ko) jaiz qarar diya. Aur is ne ussay razi ker diya.
Aur isi doran mein ke aap un ke sath thy achanak khajoor ke darakht se aik khajoor nichay giri to in mein se aik shakhs ne ussay apne mu mein daal liya to doosry ne issay kaha baghair ijazat aur baghair qeemat ke?
Tu us ne khajoor ko apne mu se phhaink diya. Aur is ke sath he unhoon ne aa ker Hazrat Abdullah bin khabab radi Allah Anho ko zabah (garden kaat di) ker diya aur aap ki biwi ke pass bhi aaey tu us ne kaha mein aik haamla aurat hoon, kiya tum Allah se nhe darte? Unhoon ne issay bhi zabah ker diya aur is ka pait phharr ker is ka bacha nikal diya.
Al.bidaya Wan'nahaya Vol 7 Page 376/377
Comment: Tareekh gawah hai ibn wahhab aur uske sathi saud ne apni talwar sirf musalmanoon per uthai hai kabhi kisi non muslim ke khilaaf in ka hath nhe uthha hai. Abi haal he mein he in Saudi kharjiyoun ne libya ki aik muslim riyasat ke khilaaf dehshatgardoon ki Natto aur America ki madad se baghawat barpa ker di aur wahan musalmanoon ka qatl e aam kiya. Is se pehle Saudi kharjiyon ne America ki madad se Iraq ke muslim mulk ko tabah o barbad ker diya. Aur in dinoon Saudi kharji iraq mein dehshatgardoon ki madad ker ke shaam Syria mein baghawat kra rahe hain. Aur doosri taraf America ko isharay de rahe hain ke woe iran per hamla ker de. Aur doosri taraf aaj tak Saudi Arabia ke kharjiyoun ne aaj tak philistine ki kabhi weapon se na madad ki na apne log wahan jahad ke liye bhejay. Is se kharji zehniyat ka pata chalta hai. Aur abi Pakistan mein najd ke shykh tauseef ur rahman ne kaha hai ke Kashmir ka jahad kuffer ki jung hai aur us ne kaha ke data darbar shirk ka markaz hai. Asan lafzoon mein is ne butparastoon ko chhorr diya aur musalmanoon per hath uthha liya.
6: Mashraq ki janib se kuch log niklain gay
Abdullah bin dhil khawaysra Madina ke mashraq ki wadi najd ke banu tamim ke qabeelay se nikla tha aur kharjiyoun ke sardaroon mein abu bilal mirdas bhi shamil tha. Aur kharjiyoun ko bani tamim ne welcome kiya tha.
7: Farmaya Unki nishani sar mundana hai ya farmaya: sar mundaey rakhna hai
Ibn wahhab apne pairokaroon ke sar mundata tha hatta ke woe auratoon ke sar mundane ki koshish kerta tha jis per aik aurat ne usko ye keh ker la'jawab ker diya tha ke mardoon ki darhyaan bhi mundwa do kion ke auratoon ke sar ke baal mardoon ki darhyoun ki manind hote hain
8: us ka zahoor us waqt hoga jab logoon mein firqa bandi ho jaey gi
Aur ye group tab nikla tha jab Hazrat Ali Aur Hazrat Ameer Muawiya radi Allah anhum ke darmiyan firqa bandi hoi thi to is group ne kharooj kiiya tha. Aur ye ussi ki pusht aur dost thy jis ne gustakhi ki thi matlab zil khwaisra tamimi ki nasal se
8: inhain 2 jamatoon mein se wo jama'at qatal kray gi jo haq ke ziyada qareeb hogi,
Hazrat ali radi Allah anho ne in ko ahle iraq ke sath mil ker qatal kiya tha. Aur ahle iraq wali jama'at he haq ke ziyada qareeb thi aur Hazrat Ali ka markazi koofa tha. Aur ahle iraq aur koofa waloon ne kharjiyoun shaitan ke seengoon ko qatal kiya tha to yahan un logoon ka dawah ghalat sabit ho jata hai ke Koofa he najd hai jahan se fitnay niklain gay jab ke koofa, ahle iraq ne fitnoon ka khatma kia tha.
9: anqareeb akhri zamanay mein aise log zahir hoon gay ya niklain gay jo no'umer aur aqal se koray hoongay
Aaj kal salafi, wahhabi, ahle hadees isi zumray mein ate hain kion ke in ki aksariyat young logoon per mushtamil hai jo apne waldain ko mushrik kehte hain aur ahadees ki ghalat taweelain kerte hain aur kehte hain ke Qur'an o Hadees khud parho scholars ne jo books likhi hain un ko na parho kion ke woe sahih nhe hain.
10: ahadees bayan krain gay lakin imaan in ke apne halq se nichaey nhe utray ga
Aaj kal aik firqa nikla howa hai jo sirf Qur'an o Hadees ki baat kerta hai. Aur is firqay ka bacha bacha azeem ulma ki tasdeeq ki gai sahih hadees ko bhi dhaeef aur fabricated qarar deta hai. Aur in se koi bhi baat krain gy to ye hadees ki kitaboon se hawale dene lagte hain. Isi wajah se is firqay ne apna naam he ahle hadees rakh liya hai
Ibn kathir likhte hain:
Jab hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ke khilaaf ye log apne bughaz o inaad ka izhaar ker rahe thy. Wo waqiya youn paish aya ke is doran aik kharji kharra hogia is ne apne kanoon mein ungliyan dal ker ye ayat karima parhna shuru ker di aur beshak wahi ki gai tumari taraf aur tum se agloon ki taraf ke aey Sunne wale ager tu ne Allah ka shareek kiya to zaroor tera sab kiya dhara zaiya ho jaey ga aur zaroor tu khasaray mein rahe ga.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 292
Comment: khawarij ne Ma'azallah Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ko shirk se bachane ke liye ye ayaat parhi jaise un ko Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ke imaan per shak tha. Aaj bhi musalmanoon ka aik tola jisay ahle hadees/salafi/wahhabi kehte hain woe aaj bhi musalmanoon ko aisi ayaat sunate hain aur un ko shirk kerne wala samajh kr shirk se bachane ki koshish kerte hain aur her baat chahay sunnat he ho usko ye shirk kehte hain. Chahay Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ke waseelay se dua mangi jaey to bhi isko shirk kehte hain ye
Final Comment On Iraq:
Najd Se Bani Tamim Ka dhul khawaysra Tamimi nikla jis ke hawalay se farmaya gia ke Woe Qur'an parhain gay lakin in ke galoon se nichay nhe utray ga. Phir jab tehkeem per majboor kerne wale bhi bani tamim ke he log thy aur tehkeem ho jane ke ba'd is per objection ker ke kharooj kerne wale bhi banu tamim ke he log thy jinhoon ne "la hukmu illallah" ka nara lagaya. Aur Hadees e najd aur Hadees e iraq sach sabit hoi aur ye sach sabit howa ke Banu Mudar Aur Banu Rabiyya he ki shakhoon ne Najd Aur Iraq Mein fitnay paida kiye.Qur'an ki Ghalat Taweel Ki Aur Hazrat ali aur Hazrat usman radia Allah anhum ko kafir aur bidati qarar diya. Aaj bhi dekha jaey to in ke pairokar ahle hadees,salafi,wahhabiya ki surat mein mojood hain jo musalmanoon ko mushrik, qabar parast, bidati qarar dete hain, aur in ke maal o asbab ko lootna jaiz samajhte hain. Ye log butparastoon ke khilaaf jahad ko kuffer ki jung qarar dete hain lakin musalmanoon ko mushrik qarar de ker un per aslah utha lete hain… aaj ki khabr hai ke gulf countries specially Saudi Arabia iraq mein dehshatgardoon kharjiyoun ko tarbiyat de raha hai jo iraq mein khudkush bomb blast kerte hain aur Syria ke khilaf musallah baghawat ker rahe hain.
Banu Tamim Iraq Pohanch Gai
Mas'har bin fadki tamimi aur zaid bin hasain tai tham sabai ne un qara' ki jamat ke sath jo un ke sath thi aur us ke ba'd wo khawarij ban gaey thy. Aap se kaha: Aey Ali! Jab Aapko kitab Allah ki Taraf bulaya jaey to uska jawab diya kro wagerna ham aap ko sab kuch samait un logoon ki taraf dakail dain gay ya ham aap ke sath wo salook krain gy jo ham ne (Usman) Ibn afaan ke sath kiya tha.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 358
Tamimi iraq pohanch gaey
Ashtar ne hamla ker ke Abdullah bin al'munzar tanokhi ko qatal kr diya. Jo ahle shaam ke sawaroon mein se tha issay aik iraqi ne qatal ker diya jissay zabiyan bin amarat tamimi kaha jata
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 337
Comment: bani tamim ke log iraq pohanch gaey thy
MUTAFARAQ SAWALAAT O JAWABAT
Salafi Daleel
Saheeh Muslim [041:chapter 14 Hadith no.6943]
Saalim bin Abdullaah bin Umar said: O people of Iraaq, how strange is it that you ask about the minor sins but commit the major sins? [The killing of al-Husayn] I heard my father, Abdullaah bin
Umar narrating that he heard the Messenger of Allaah, sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, saying while pointing his hand to the east: "Indeed the turmoil would come from this side, from where appear the horns of Satan and you would strike the necks of one another..."
Sunni Reply
Is Hadees Mein Ahle Iraq ko taba'ee Saalim Raheemullah ne Mukhatib Kia hai aur kaha hai ke tum chhotay gunahoon ka pochhte ho jab ke barray gunah kerte ho. Phir woe agay Hazrat Abdullah bin Umer radi Allah anho se sunni hoi hadees e mubarka bayan kerte hain ke Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Mashraq ki taraf hath ker ke farmaya ke fitnah wahan se nikle ga jahan se shaitan ke seeng zahir hote hain…….. yahan aik baat kehna chahta hoon ke aik taraf Salim Raheemullah taba'ee ko logoon ne apne pass se sahabi bana diya hai. Aur doosri taraf yehi log aik aur Taba'ee Hazrat Imam abu hanifa per ilzamat aur tohmatoon ki barish kerte hain aur un ko ahlul roy kehte hain aur doosri taraf aik taba'ee ko sahabi bana ker logoon ko bewaqoof bana rahe hain… kiya ye khulli munafqat nahe hai aise logoon ki.
Yahan mein Saalim Raheemullah ke isharay Hazrat Imam Hussain radi Allah anho ke qatal ki wazahat Tareekh ki mustanad kitaboon ke hawalay se wazeha kerta hoon
Qatleen E Hussain Kaun aur Kis Qabeelay ke thy aur kis qabeely ke logoon ne Hazrat Imam Hussain Radi Allah anho ko qatal kerne ka paigham laya:
HADEES
"60 Hijri Se Allah Ki Panah Mango Aur Bacho Ke Hukmrani Ke"
{Albadaiyah O Alnahiyah:8/31}
"Is Hadees Mein Ishara Hai Ke Un Larkoun Mein Sub Se Phele Larka 60 Hijri Mein Hoga.Woh Hi Howa,Kyoun Ke Yazeed Bin Maawiya 60 Mein Khalifa Bana Aur 64 Tak Baqi Raha Phir Mar Gaya"
{Fatha Ul Bari:13/8}
Hazrat Imran Bin Hassain Farmate Hain; "Aqa Ne Is Haal Mein Wafat Paai Ke App Teen Qabiloun Ko Na Pasand Farmate The:
1: QabilaSaqeef
2: bani Hanifa
3: Bani Ummaiya
"Shah Muhadis Hadees Ke Sharah Mein Likhte Hain;
"Qabila Saqeef Mein Zalim Baadshah Hajaj Bin Yousuf Howa Jisne Ne Kam o besh 124000 Muslamoun Ko Qatal KIya,
Aur Bani Hanifa Mein Kazab Howa Jis Ne Nabowat Ka Jhota Dawwa Kiya,
Aur Bani Ummaiyah Se YAZEED Aur Ibne Ziyad Jaise Paida Howe Jis Ne ALE RASOOL Ko Qatal Kiya
60 hijri mein yazeed hukamran tha aur yehi qatleen e Hussain tha Kion ke Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Banu umayya ko nasapnd farmaya, aur muhadseen ne yazeed aur ibn ziyad ko iski wajah qarar diya. Ager ye qatleen Hussain radi Allah anho na hote to is qabeela ko napasand kion kiya jata? Koi wajah to hoti hai naa!
ab ham kuch aur sabot paish kerte hain :
Imam Hussain radi Allah anho Ahle Iraq ke likhne per 10 dhul hajj ko apne ahle ka aik groh sath le ker jis mein chand mard, auratain aur bachay thy, koofa ko rawana hoey. Idher Yazeed ne Iraq ke hakim Ubaidullah bin ziyad ko aap se jung kerne ka hukam diya to us ne Umer bin Sa'ad bin abi waqas ke zair kamaan 4000 hazar lashkar rawana kiya…… … Khuda aap ke qaatil ibn ziyad aur yazeed per lannat kray.
Tareekh-Ul-Khulafa Page 298
Hussain radi Allah anho ke Qatal ka Paigham Lane Wali Bani Tamim Ki Aurat
Hasain bin numair ne bayan kiya hai ke saeed bin ubaid ne mujh se bayan kiya hai ke ham umer bin sa'ad ke sath pani mein naha rahay thy ke achanak is ke pass aik admi aya aur usne us se sargoshi ki aur us ne us se kaha ke ibn ziyad ne jaweriya bin badar tamimi ko bheja hai aur ussay hukam diya hai ke ager tu ne un (hussain) logoon ke sath jung na ki to wo tujhe qatal ker de.
Al.bidaya wan.nahaya, vol 8, page 222.
(yaad rhe k ibn ziyad ne ibn sa'ad ko qatal krne ka hukam diya aur aik khaas baat ke yahan bhi hukam lane wali bani tamim ki aurat thi…Hazrat imam hussain radi Allah anho ko aik shakhs jis ko hassain bin tamim kaha jata tha aap ke taloo mein teer maar ker chheed ker diya)
Hussain Radi Allah Anho Per Qatlana Hamlay Kerne Wale Tamimi
zarhat bin shareek tamimi ne Hazrat Hussain radi Allah anho ke baeen (left shoulder) kandhay per talwar maari aur daeen kandhay(right shoulder) per bhi talwar maari phir wo apko chhorr ker wapis chale gay.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 8, Page 241
Bani tamim ke aik shakhs jissay umroo al'tehri kaha jata tha us ne Hazrat imam ke donon kandhoon ke darmiyaan teer mara aur mein us teer ko aap ke kandhon ke darmiyan aap ke jubbay ke sath latka hoey dekh raha hoon
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 8, Page 223
Comment: is se sabit howa ke beshak Imam Hussain radi Allah anho ki shahadat iraq mein hoi lakin in ko qatal kerne wale bani umayya aur banu tamim ke log thy.
Kuch log Hazrat Ali Radi Allah anho ki shahadat ka charcha barra kerty hain lakin asli fact nahe bataty ke un ko qatal krne ka mansooba banany wale kaun thy aur kis ne unko shaheed kiya
Hazrat Ali Ko Qatal kerne ka plan banana wale kaun aur kahan ke thy?
3 kharjion abdur rahman bin umroo al'maroof ibn maljam al'hameeri thummal kindi, haleef bani hanifa
Min kundatul misri, jo gandum goooon, khu'baroo, hans much, jis ke baal us ke kanoon ki loo tak thy aur us ke cheray per sajda ke nishan tha.
Alberk bin Abdullah tamimi
aur Umroo bin bakr tamimi ne ikathay ho kr aapas mein is baat ka tazkara kiya ke Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho ne un ke bhaiyoun ko jo ahle Neherwaan mein se thy' qatal kia hai.
Al.bidaya wan'nahaya Vol 7, Page 426.
Salafi Daleel Dajjal ke baray mein
He(Dajjal) would appear on the way between Syria and Iraq and would spread mischief right and left.
(sahih Muslim Book 41, Number 7015)
Imaam Nawawee mentions that one of the greatest trials to appear from the East will be the appearance of the Dajjaal.
[Sharh Saheeh Muslim 2/29]
Sunni Reply:
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya: Agah raho! Dajjal Shaam ya Yemen ke samunder mein mojood hai. (phir farmaya) nahe nahe balke woe Mashraq ki taraf hai, woe mashraq ki taraf hai, phir Aap Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne apne hath Mubarak se Mashraq Ki Taraf ishara farmaya.
Sahih Muslim, kitab al'malaham,baab qissatul jasamah
Hadees:
Hazrat abu bakr radi Allah anho rawayat kerte hain ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne hamain agah farmaya "Dajjal Mashraq ki Sarzameen se niklay ga jis ka naam Khurasan hai. chamra bhari dahaloon wale uske sath hoon gay. Sahih Hadees ibn Majah
Kitab al'fittan, Baab fitna dajjal wa kharooj issa bin maryam 3292/2
Hadees
Hazrat Anas bin Malik radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya ke (Iran Ke Sheher) Isfahan ke 70 hazar yahodi kali chadrain orhay howy dajjal ka sath dain gay.
Sahih Muslim, kitab al'fittan wa sharatus sa'at, Baab Zikr Dajjal
Imaam Nawawee mentions that one of the greatest trials to appear from the East will be the appearance of the Dajjaal.
[Sharh Saheeh Muslim 2/29]
Hazrat Abu Hurayra Radi Allah Anho se Rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Farmaya: Imaan Yemeni Hai Aur Kuffer Mashraqi hai, Bakriyoun waloon ke liye Sakoon o Itminaan Hai Jab ke oont aur gorray waloon mein takabbur, gharoor aur darushtagi Pai Jati Hai Aur dajjal jab ohad (Madina ke Mashriq) ke peechhay pohanchay ga To farishtay us ka Rukh shaam ki taraf Morr Dain gay, Jahan wo halak hoga. Ye hadees Sahih Hai
Jami'a Trimdi Vol 2, Page 139 Hadees 124
Comment: Subhaan Allah is hadees mein mashraq aur bhi clear ho gia hai ke dajjal mashraq ki sar'zameen khurasan se niklay ga aur phir iran se 70000 yahodi Isfahan ke sheher se us ke sath niklain gay phir woe Madina ke mashraq ohad ke paharr ke peechay pohanchay ga yanni Mashraq se najd ki taraf se aey ga phir usko farishtay uska rukh morr dain gay aur woe shaam ki taraf chala jaey ga.
Comment: ab Imaam Nawawee Ka qaul clear hogia ke woe kis east ki baat bayan ker rahe thy. Khurasan mashraq mein ata hai phir Isfahan bhi mashraq mein ata hai. Khurasan se nikal ke Isfahan ke yahodiyoun ke sath mil ker tabahi machaey ga.
Doosray Tarikay se Reply:
Hadees:
Hazrat Abu Hurayra radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Farmaya ke "Kana Dajjal Mashraq (khurasan) ki taraf se aaeye ga. Is ka maqsad Madinah Munawra aane ka hoga. Woe ohad paharr ke peechhay tak aaey ga phir Farishtay iska Rukh Shaam ki taraf Phair Dain Gay aur wohe halaak hoga.
Sahih Muslim kitab al'haj,baab siyanatul Madina Min Dakhool al'taoon wal'dajjal ilaiha
Hadees
Hazoor sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne farmaya "Makkah aur Madinah ke siwa her sheher ko dajjal rond dale ga in (Makkah aur Madinah) ki her gaati per saf basta farishtay kharray hoon gay, jo in ki hifazat krain gay Phir Madina ki zameen 3 Martaba kaanpay gi, jis se her aik kaafir aur munafiq ko Allah Ta'ala is se bahir nikaal dain gay.
Bukhari Kitab fazail Madina, baab la yadkhalul Madina dajjal hadees 1881
He(Dajjal) would appear on the way between Syria and Iraq and would spread mischief right and left.
(sahih Muslim Book 41, Number 7015)
Comment: Ibn kathir ke Mutabiq dajjal Madina ke mashraq ohad paharr ke qareeb shinta
شنتا
Ke muqaam tak aey ga.aur ooper bayan ki gai ahadees mein bhi ata hai ke Dajjal ohad paharr tak aey ga phir Madina mein 3 baar zalzala aey ga jis se Kafir aur munafiq log dar ker dajjal ke pass chale jaeen gy. Aur farishtay iska rukh shaam ki taraf morr dain gay jahan shyd ye shaam aur iraq ke darmiyani rastay se jaey aur idher tabahi machata howa lud ke muqam tak pohanchay aur hazrat Issa alaihessalam isko qatal ker dain gay.
Ibn kathir likhte hain ke Madina ke Mashraq ki taraf ohad ke samne wadi valley shinta ki janib se (Aag ke) zahoor ki kaifiyat ko bayan kia gia hai aur is ne in wadiyoun ko bher diya hai aur is se chingariyaan nikalti thien jo hijaaz ko khati thien aur madina is ke sabab larz gia.
Salafi Daleel Hazrat Usman Radi Allah anho ke Qatal ke Baray Mein
Usman(Radiallah anh) was martyred in Iraq=========
Sahih Bukhari :: Book 58 :: Volume 5 :: Hadith 202 Narrated Qais:
I heard Said bin Zaid bin 'Amr bin Nufail saying in the mosque of Al-Kufa. "By Allah, I have seen myself tied and forced by 'Umar to leave Islam before 'Umar himself embraced Islam. And if the mountain of Uhud could move from its place for the evil which you people have done to 'Uthman, then it would have the right to move from its place."
Comment: Is rawayat ye farmaya gia ke Hazrat Usman Radi Allah anho ke sath jo kiya gia woe bahut ghalat tha lakin is mein kisi jagah zikr nhe aya ke Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko Iraq Mein shaheed kiya gia. Salafi,wahhabi Hazrat Ahadees ko ghalat manni dene mein apna saani nhe rakhte. Ab aaeye dekhte hain ke Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko kis ne aur kahan shaheed kiya.
Sunni Reply:
Qatleen e usman radi Allah anho
WO MISRI LOG jinhoon ne Usman Ghani radi Allah anho ka mo'aasra kiya wo 600 thy, un ke raees
abdur rahman bin adais al'balwi,
kanana bin basher bin ataab al'kundi aur
Umro ibn al'hamq al'khazai thy
YE TEENOON MISRI QATLEEN USMAN THY
TABQAAT IBN SA'AD , VOL 2, PAGE 145
HAZRAT KO SHAHEED KERNE WALA KALA MISRI THA JISKA NAAM HABLA THA.TABQAAT IBN SA'AD VOL 2 PAGE 151
Jis shakhs ne Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko shaheed kiya woe kanana ibn basher tajebi tha. Jo misar Egypt se aya tha
Tareekh Tabri Vol 3 Page 451
Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ko Qatal Misriyoun ne kiya. Lakin Hazrat Usam radi Allah ke chehray per thapr marne wala tamimi tha. Hajjaj ne pocha ke tum kaun ho? Us ne jawab diya umair bin zaabi al'tamimi ….. yehi wo shakhs hai jo Hazrat Usman radi Allah anho ke qatal ke bad un ke qareeb aya aur us ne Hazrat usman radi Allah anho ke chehray per thhapar mary, ye sun ker hajjaj ne forum umair bin zabi ke qatal ka hukam diya.
Al'bidaya wan'nahay vol 8 page 20
Comment: Donoon Tarah ki rawayatoon se sabit howa ke Hazrat Usman Ko qatal Kerne wale misri thy agerchay baghyoun mein Koofa aur Basra ke log bhi aey thy lakin woe qatleen mein shamil nhe thy. Aik rawayat mein sab ne mil kr hamla kiya us rawayat mein charoon misri sardar thy aur doosri rawayat mein tajebi ne shaheed ki. Aur tajebi misri tha.
Salafi Daleel aik Raat Mein Qur'an Parhne Per
Abu-Dawud :: Book 6 : Hadith 1389
Narrated Abdullah ibn Amr ibn al-'As:
The Prophet (peace_be_upon_him) said: He who recites the Qur'an in a period less than three days does not understand it.
Sunni Reply:
Aik raat mein Quran khatam kerna
Muhammad Bin seereen se marwi hai ke Usman Radi Allah anho shab baidari kerte aur aik rak'at mein Quran Khatam kerte thy.
Abdur rahman bin usman radi Allah anho se marwi hai ke mein Makkah mein muqam e Ibrahim ke peechhay kharra ho gia, chahta tha is shab (ebadat mein) mein koi mujh se barhne na paey, aik shakhs ne mere pehloo per hath rakhha mein ne iltafaat na kiya. Us ne phir hath rakhha,
Mein ne dekha ke wo Usman bin afwan radi Allah anho hain, mein kinaray hatt gia, wo aagay barhay aur aik raka'at mein poora Qur'an parha aur chalay gaey.
Ibn siren se marvi hai ke jab Usman radi Allah anho qatal kiye gaey to un ki bivi ne kaha tum logoon ne unhain qatal ker diya halan ke wo saari raat baidar reh ke aik raka'at mein poora Qur'an parhte thy.
Tabqaat e Ibn Sa'ad Vol 3, Page 145,146
Hazrat Nyla kharri ho gaeen, Unhoon ne kaha Rab e Ka'aba ki qasam! Aey Allah ke dushmano! Tum ne Usman Radi Allah anho ka khoon kiya ye bahut barra gunah hai, dekho Wallah tum logoon ne unhain qatal ker diya halanke wo barray namazi thy, Aik raka'at mein poora Qur'an parhte thy.
Tabqaat ibn sa'ad vol 3 page 115
Salafi Daleel Iraq Mein Bemari Wali Rawayat
Muwatta Imam Malik Book 054, Hadith Number 030.)
Malik related to me that he heard that Umar ibn al-Khattab wanted to go to Iraq,
and Kabal-Ahbar said to him, "Do not go there, amir al-muminin. There is nine-tenths of sorcery there and it is the place of the rebellious jinn and the disease which the doctors are unable to cure."
Ka'ab al'ahbaar ussi saal musalman hoey the, woh bole
Aey ameer ul Momaneen!(Hazrat Umer Radi Allah anho)
Iraq aap apne safar ka aaghaz kaun se muqaam se kerna chahte hain?
Aap (Hazrat Umer) ne farmaya Iraq se"
woh (ka'ab) bole
Aap aisa na krain kiyoun ke burai ke 10 hissay hain aur bhalai ke bhi 10 hissay hain, burai ka aik hissa maghrib mein hai aur 9 hissay mashraq mein hain isi tarah bhalai ka sirf aik hissa mashraq mein aur 9 hissay maghrib mein hain. Mashraq he shaitan ka seeng aur her muhlak bemari hai.
..Tareekh Tabri vol 3 page 70.
Sunni Reply:
Saif ki rawayat mein hai Hazrat Ali Radi Allah Anho ne farmaya:
Aey ameer ul mo'maneen!(Hazrat umer)
Khuda ki qasam! Koofa hijrat ke ba'd doosri hijrat ka muqaam hai. Ye islam ka markaz hai aik din aisa aaeyga ke momin wohe aeyga aur (wahan aane ka) mushtaq hoga"
Abu imama ki rawayat mein hai ke (is moqa per) Hazrat Usman Radi Allah Naho ne farmaya:
Aey ameer ul momaneen!(Hazrat Umer) maghrib sharartoon ki zameen hai. Burai ke 100 hissay hain us mein se sirf aik hissa (tamam dunia ke.) logoon mein hai aur baqi tamam (99) hissay wahan hain
Tareekh Tabri, vol 3, page 70
SALAFI Daleel Mashraq Ke Liye
Ibn Hajr al-Asqalaanee said after quoting the words of al-Khattaabee explaining the meaning of Qarn (horn), "and others have said that the People of the East were disbelievers at that time and the Messenger of Allaah, sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, informed us that the trials and tribulations would arise from that direction and it was as he said. And the first of the trials that arose, arose from the direction of the east and they were the reason for the splitting of the Muslim ranks, and this is what Satan loves and delights in. Likewise the innovations appeared from that direction."
[Fath al-Baaree 13/58 in commentary to the hadeeth of Najd]
Sunni Reply:
Ya Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam! Ham sirf hurmat wale mahinoon mein he aap ki khidmat mein hazir ho sakte hain kion ke hamaray aur aap ke darmiyan ye mudar qabeela ke kuffaar hail hain.
Sahih bukhari vol 1 page 13
Hadees
Ibn Abbas radi Allah anhuma se marvi hai wo kehte hain ke wafd abdul qais Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ki Khidmat Mein Aya aur Arz Kiya
Ya Rasoolallah! Ham rabiyya ka qabeela hain aur kuffaar mudar hamaray aur aap ke darmiyan rakawat hain lehaza ham aap ki khidmat mein siwaey sheher e haram ken he aa sakte.. …….
Reference full hadees : Sahih Bukhari, Hadees 1502, Page 1467
Aey Allah! Abdul qais ki maghfirat farma ke ye raza mandi se kisi ke jabr ke baghair musalman ho gaey hain ab ye sharminda hoongy aur na he halaak, Jab ke hamari qaum ke kuch log us waqt tak musalman nhe hote jab tak ruswa aur halaak na ho jaeen, phir Nabi Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne Apne Chehray ka rukh morrtay howe qibla ki janib kiya aur farmaya Ahle Mashraq mein sab se behtareen log Banu Abdul qais hain.
Musnad Ahmad bin Humble, vol 7, page 360 Hadees 17983.
Ye wafd Bahrain ka rehne wala tha. Matlab ke Madina ke mashraq mein Bahrain ata hai
Ibn Hajr al-Asqalaanee said after quoting the words of al-Khattaabee explaining the meaning of Qarn (horn), "and others have said that the People of the East were disbelievers at that time and the Messenger of Allaah, sallallaahu alayhi wa sallam, informed us that the trials and tribulations would arise from that direction and it was as he said. And the first of the trials that arose, arose from the direction of the east and they were the reason for the splitting of the Muslim ranks, and this is what Satan loves and delights in. Likewise the innovations appeared from that direction."
[Fath al-Baaree 13/58 in commentary to the hadeeth of Najd]
Comment: ibn hajjar asqalani ki xplaining in ahadees ke under bahut wazeh hoti hai ke un ke mashraq se kiya murad hai aur mashraq mein rehne wale kuffaar kaun se kuffaar murad thy
Aaj kal salafi ye kehte phirta hain ke safain ka waqiya iraq mein howa tha lakin ibn kathir ke mutabiq ye waqiya Shaam Mein howa tha
Safain ka maraca
Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho aur Hazrat Muawiya radi Allah anho donoon apni apni faujoon ke sath bilaad e shaam ke mashraq mein mein faraat ke qareeb safain ke muqaam per khharray thy.
Al'bidaya wan'nahaya vol 7 page 339
Salafi Daleel Miqat Ahle Mashraq Iraq
Dhaeef Hadees of miqaat
Ali bin Muhammad, wakeeh, Ibrahim bin yazeed, abu zubair ne jabir radi Allah anho se rawayat kiya hai ke: Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne hamain khutbah diya aur farmaya Ahle Madina dhul hulaifa, Ahle Shaam juhfa, ahle yemen yalmalm, ahle najd qarn aur ahle mashriq dhat irq se ihram bandhain Phir Aap sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne apna chehra uthha ker kaha ke aey Allah in ke diloon ko mutowajjoh ker de.
Ibn Majah Hadees 695
Sunni Reply salafiyoun ki bayan ki gai hadees mein Ibrahim bin yazid al'hawzy Matrook al'hadees hain
Inka pura naam Ibrahim bin Yazid al-Khwzy hay !
Aur yeh Matrook ul Hadith hain !
Kisi nain bhi inko thiqah nahi kaha including Imam Ahmad, Imam nisai, Imam Dar ul Qutuni, Imam Yahya bin Ma'in !
Aur Ibn e Hajr nain inko Matrook ul Hadith likha h
Ibn e Hajr Asqalani, Book : Taqreeb At Thzeeb, Hadith Narrator, Id:272. - pg:95
Han magar Imam Tirmidhi aur Imam Nisai nain in say apni sunan main rawayat li hy shawahid k tor par.
Ibrahim bin Yazid Al-Khwzy Al-Amwy
1. Imam Ahmad Bin Hambal nain inhain Matrook ul Hadith kaha.
2. Imam Yahya Bin Ma'in nain farmaya yeh Thiqah nahi hain aur in k pas kuch bhi nahi hy.
3.Imam Abu Zar'ah aur Imam Abu Haatim nain inko Munkar ul hadith aur Zaeef ul Hadith kaha.
4. Imam Nisai nain inko Matrook ul Hadith kaha.
5. Imam Ali Bin Madeeni nain inhain zaeef kaha aur farmaya k in say koi cheez na likhi jaay.
6. Imam Ibn e Sa'd nain farmaya k in k pas Zaeef ahadith hoti hain.
7. Imam Ali bin Junaid nain inko Matrook kaha.
8. Imam Dar Al Qutuni nain inko Mukar ul Hadith kaha.
9. Imam Ibn e Hibban nain farmaya k yeh kaseer tadad main Munkar ahadith rawayat karty hain.
From : Ibn e Hajr
Book : Tahdheeb al-Tahdheeb
Vol : 1
narratoe : 327
حضرت عبد اللہ ابن عباس رضی اللہ تعالی عنہ سے روایت ہے کہ رسول اللہ صلّی اللہ علیہ وسلّم نے ا ہل مشرق کے لیۓ عقیق کو میقات قرار دیا ہے
سنّن ابو داؤد، جلد اول حدیث 1727، صفحہ 1111
Comment:Aqeeq ki wadi Madina ke miqaat dhul hulaifa ke baeen (left) janib 10 kilometer door hai. Is se wazahat ho jati hai ke najd bhi ahle mashraq mein he ata hai
Salafi Daleel
Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho Iraq Mein Qatal howy
Sunni Daleel Qatleen e Ali Mein Banu Tamim
عراق کی خوبیوں والی احادیث اور آئمہ کرام کے اقوال
Iraq Ki Khoobiyoun Wali Ahadith Aur A'immah Karam Ke Aqwaal
Hadees:
Hazrat zaid bin sabit radi Allah anho se rawayat hai ke:
Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe wasallam ne Yemen ki taraf dekha aur ye dua farmai: Aey Allah in ke diloon ko meri taraf maiyl farma de aur iraq ki taraf dekha aur ye dua Aey Allah in ke diloon ko meri taraf maiyl farma de aur shaam ki taraf dekha to ye dua farmai Aey Allah un ke diloon ko meri taraf mayil farma de. Aey Allah hamaray liye hamaray saaa aur hamaray madah mein barkat ata farma .
Kunzul umaal jild 17. page 136
Al.majum saghir, vol 1, page 173
Al.majum al.kabeer vol 5, page 116
Majmuaz zawaid vol 3, page 304
Al'adab al'mufrad vol 1, page 169
Hadees:
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne shaam ki taraf nazar ki aur ye dua ki, Aey Allah ! in ke diloon ko apni ata'at ki taraf maiyl farma aur un ke ird gird apni rahmat gair de, phir Yemen ki taraf nazar ki aur us ki missal dua farmai, phir iraq ki taraf nazar farmai aur waise he dua ki.
Abdur Razzaq al'musnaf, vol 11, page 251, 252
Hadees:
Qayyamat us waqt tak qaim nhe hogi jab tak iraq ke achay log shaam aur shaam ke buray log iraq ki taraf muntaqil na ho jaeen
Musnad ahmad vol 5, page 249
Naeem ibn hamad kitab al'fittan, vol 2, page 631
Hashiya ibn qayyum, vol 7 , page 116
Comment: is se maloom howa ke Hazoor Sallallahu alaihe wasallam ne Iraq ke liye dua bhi farmai hai. Aur iraq ki ye shaan rakhi ke Iraq ke achhay log jab tak shaam na aa jaeen tab tak qayamat nhe aey gi. Is se andaza hota hai ke iraq ke jo maqami log hain woe bahut achay hain.
IRAQ KI FAZILAT Kharooj Dajjal Ke Waqt
Hazrat ummul momaneen Ummay Salma radi Allah anha se rawayat hai ke:
Hazoor Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ne farmaya ke aik khalifa ki maut ke waqt logoon mein (agla khalifa muntakhib kerne mein) ikhtalaf ho jaey ga is doran aik admi Madina se nikal ker Makkah ki taraf bhagay ga. Log ussay khalafat ke liye nikalain gy lakin wo issay na'pasand kerte hoongy phir log un ke hath per hajr e aswad aur muqam e Ibrahim ke darmiyan bait krain gay phir wo (sufiyani) aik lashkar shaam se bheje ga to wo lashkar "baidah" ke muqam per zameen mein dahns jaey ga. Jo Makkah aur Madina ke darmiyan aik jagah hai. Jab log us lashkar ko dekhain gay to ahle shaam ke abdal aur iraq ki jamatain un ke pass aaeengi. Un se bait kraingi.Phir aik admi utthay ga Quraish mein se jis ki nanehaal bani kalb mein hogi. Wo un ki taraf aik lashkar bhejay ga to wo us lashkar per ghalba hasil kr lain gay.Aur wo bani kalb ka lashkar hoga aur na'kaami ho us shakhs ke liye jo bani kalb ke amwaal e ghanimat ki taqseem ke moqa per hazir na ho, mehdi maal e ghanimat taqseem krain gy aur logoon mein un ke Nabi ki sunnat ko jari krain gay aur islam per apni garden zameen per daal dega .(sari zameen per islam phail jaeyga) .Phir us ke ba'd 7 saal tak wo zinda rahain gay phir unka intaqaal ho jaeyga aur musalman un ki namaz e janazah parhain gay.
Imam abu dawood farmate hain ke baz ne ibn hisham ke hawale se ye kaha hai ke wo 9 saal tak zinda rahain gay jab ke baz ne kaha ke 7 saal tak zinda rahain gay.
Abu daood share, vol 3 page 703, hadees 882.
Hadees
Hazrat ummay Salma radi Allah anha kehti hain ke mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko farmatay suna:
Aik khalifa ki wafat per logoon mein ikhtalaf ho jaey ga, banu hashim ka aik admi (madina se) Makkah aaey ga log us ko ghar se nikal ker (Masjid e Haram mein) le aaeen gay, hajr aswad aur muqam e Ibrahim ke darmiyan us ki bait krain gay. Shaam se aik lashkar Makkah Mukarma per charhai ke liye aaey ga. Jab wo baidah ke muqam per pohanchay ga to ussay dhansa diya jaey ga. Is ke ba'd iraq aur shaam se ulma wa fazla imam mehdi ke pass (bait ke liye) aaeen gay.
Issay tabrani ne rawayat kiya hai.
Hadees
hle iraq ke shuhda
Hazrat Ali radi Allah anho ko bayan kerte hoey suna:
Aey Ahle iraq!
Anqareeb tum mein se 7 admi azrah ke muqam per qatal hongy unki misaal as'haab e khadood (khandqoon wale) ki hogi. Pas hajr bin adi aur un ke as'hab qatal ho gaey.
Hazrat Ayesha radi Allah anha ne farmaya, mein ne Rasoolallah Sallallahu Alaihe Wasallam ko bayan kerte suna ke "anqareeb azrah mein kuch log qatal hongy jin ki khatir Allah aur asman wale ghussay ho jaen gay.
Ye Hazrat Muawiya radi Allah anho ke hukam per hamla kerne walon ke hath se shaheed hoey.
Al.bidaya wan.nahaya, Vol 6, Page 306
Baghdad ki khubiyaan
Younun bin abdul aala al'sadfi ne bayan kiya ke imam shafa'I ne mujh se pocha ke tu ne Baghdad dekha hai?
Mein ne kaha nhe
To aap ne farmaya tu ne duniya nhe dekhi. Aur imam shafa'i ne farmaya mein jis sheher mein bhi gia hoon mein ne ussay safar shumaar kiya hai, magar baghdad ko mein ne safar mein shumaar nhe kiya, mein jab is mein dakhil hua to mein ne issay watan shumaar kiya
Aur baz ne rawayat kiya ke duniya aik jungle hai aur Baghdad us ka sheher hai.
An alaihe ne bayan kiya ke mein ne talb e hadees mein ahle Baghdad se ziyada aqal'mand nhe dekha aur na un se achha aram wala dekha ha
i.Ibn mujahid ne bayan kiya hai ke mein ne khawab mein abu umroo bin al'ala ko dekha to mein ne pochha Allah ta'ala ne tumaray sath kiya salook kiya hai? Tu us ne mujhe kaha is baat ko chhorro jo Baghdad mein sunnat aur jama'at per qaiym raha aur mer gia to wo jannat mein mutaqil ho gia.
Abu bakr bin ayash ne bayan kia ke islam Baghdad mein hai. Ye aik shikari hai jo admiyoun ka shikaar kerta hai aur jis ne issay nhe dekha us ne duniya nhe dekhi
.
Abu muawiya ne bayan kiya ke Baghdad duniya aur akhirat ka ghar hai.
Baz ne rawayat kiya hai ke islam ki khubiyoun mein se Baghdad mein jumah ke din aur Makkah ki namaz e traweeh aur taraswas ka eid ka din bhi hai
Aur khateeb Baghdadi ne bayan kiya ke jo shakhs Madinat al'islam (Baghdad) mein jumah ke din hazir hoga Allah ta'ala us ke dil mein islam ki azmat ko barha dega kiyoun ke hamaray mashaiykh ka qol hai ke Baghdad mein jumah ka din aur doosry shehroon mein eid ke din ki tarah hai.
Aur aik shakhs ne bayan kiya ke mein mawazbat se jameha Mansoor mein Jumha parhta tha mujhe aik (masla) paish aa gia to mein ne doosri masjid mein namaz parh li to mein ne khawab mein aik shakhs ko kehte dekha tu ne sheher ki jameha masjid mein namaz parhi aur bila'shuba is mein her jumah ko 70 wali namaz parhte hain.
Aik shakhs ne bayan kiya ke mein ne Baghdad se muntaqil hona chaha to mein ne khawab mein aik shakhs ko kehte dekha; kiya tu aise sheher se muntaqil hona chahta hai jis mein Allah ke 10 hazar wali hain.
Jab kisi shakhs ka ilm hijaz, paidaish iraqi aur namaz shaami ho to wo kaamil ho jata hai.
(aise he baahut se fazail Baghdad ke bayan hoey hain)
Al.bidayah wan'nahaya Vol 10, Page 128,129
Hadees
Imam Mehdi ki khidmat mein Shaam Ke Abdaal aur Iraq ke ulma o fuzla groh dar groh hazir ho ker bait krain gay.'
Ahmad bin humble Musnad jild sadas, page 317
Sahih Ibn Hibban vol 15 page 59
Sunnan Abi dawood vol 4 page 464
([1]) في (ط) : إذ مرت به .
([2]) في (أ ط) : فأخبر النبي صلى الله عليه وعلى آله وسلم .
([3]) في المطبوعة : العليا .
([4]) أخرجه الحاكم في المستدرك ، كتاب معرفة الصحابة ، ذكر فضائل القبائل ، (4 / 73 ، 74) ، وهذا الحديث فيه محمد بن ذكوان ، ضعيف ، لكن الحديث يقوى بمجموع الشواهد التي ذكرها المؤلف .